485APOS 1 d485apos.htm NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL SERIES FUND, INC Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc
Table of Contents

REGISTRATION NOs. 2-89971

811-3990


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 


FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933    x

PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.    ¨

POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 30    x

AND/OR

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

AMENDMENT NO. 31    x

 


NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL SERIES FUND, INC.

(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN CHARTER)

720 EAST WISCONSIN AVENUE

MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN 53202

(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

(414) 271-1444

(REGISTRANT’S TELEPHONE NUMBER)

 


RANDY M. PAVLICK, SECRETARY

720 EAST WISCONSIN AVENUE

MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN 53202

(NAME AND ADDRESS OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

 


IT IS PROPOSED THAT THIS FILING WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE (CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX)

  ¨ IMMEDIATELY UPON FILING PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (b)
  ¨ ON (DATE) PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (b)
  ¨ 60 DAYS AFTER FILING PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (a)(1)
  ¨ ON (DATE) PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (a)(1)
  x 75 DAYS AFTER FILING PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (a)(2)
  ¨ ON (DATE) PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (a)(2) OF RULE 485
  ¨ THIS POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT DESIGNATES A NEW EFFECTIVE DATE FOR A PREVIOUSLY FILED POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT.

 


 


Table of Contents

LOGO


NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL SERIES FUND, INC.

PROSPECTUS

April     , 2007

EQUITY FUNDS

AMERICAN CENTURY LARGE COMPANY VALUE PORTFOLIO

CAPITAL GUARDIAN LARGE CAP BLEND PORTFOLIO

INDEX 600 STOCK PORTFOLIO

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUNDS

MFS RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO

MFS EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO

FIXED INCOME FUNDS

SHORT TERM BOND PORTFOLIO

PIMCO LONG-TERM U.S. GOVERNMENT BOND PORTFOLIO

AMERICAN CENTURY INFLATION PROTECTION PORTFOLIO

PIMCO MULTI-SECTOR BOND PORTFOLIO

 


The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

INTRODUCTION

   1

PORTFOLIO SUMMARIES

   2

American Century Large Company Value Portfolio

   2

Capital Guardian Large Cap Blend Portfolio

   4

Index 600 Stock Portfolio

   6

MFS Research International Large Cap Core Portfolio

   8

MFS Emerging Markets Portfolio

   10

Short Term Bond Portfolio

   12

PIMCO Long-Term U.S. Government Bond Portfolio

   14

American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio

   16

PIMCO Diversified Multi-Sector Bond Portfolio

   18

MORE ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS

   20

More About Risks

   20

More About Securities, Investment Strategies and Techniques

   24

THE INVESTMENT ADVISER AND SUB-ADVISERS

   29

The Investment Adviser

   29

The Sub-Advisers

   29

Portfolio Managers

   29

Advisory Fees

   32

Manager of Managers Structure

   33

Legal Proceedings

   33

ABOUT YOUR INVESTMENT

   34

How Shares Are Priced

   34

Fair Value Pricing

   34

Taxes And Dividends

   34

INVESTING IN THE PORTFOLIOS

   35

Buying and Selling Shares

   35

Short Term and Excessive Trading

   35

Mixed Funding

   36

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   36

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

   37

APPENDIX A

   38

 

i


Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION

An Introduction to Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and this Prospectus

Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. (“NMSF” or the “Fund”) is a mutual fund that offers its shares in separate investment portfolios. This Prospectus offers shares of each portfolio listed on the cover (“Portfolios”). Shares of the Portfolios are offered and sold only for funding variable annuity contracts (“Annuity Contracts”) and variable life insurance policies (“Life Insurance Policies”) offered by The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company (“Northwestern Mutual”). The terms of the Annuity Contracts and Life Insurance Policies are described in separate offering documents for those products.

This Prospectus contains important information you should know before investing in a Portfolio. The information is arranged into different sections for easy reading and future reference. To obtain more information about the Portfolios, please refer to the back cover of this Prospectus.

Portfolio Summaries

Each Portfolio has its own investment objective and strategies for achieving that objective. Before investing, make sure the Portfolio’s objective matches your own. A description of each Portfolio’s objective, principal investment strategies, principal risks, and fees and expenses are described under the “PORTFOLIO SUMMARIES” section of this Prospectus. Additional information about the Portfolios’ investment strategies and risks is described in the “MORE ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS” section of this Prospectus.

Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers

Mason Street Advisors, LLC (“MSA” or the “Adviser”) is the investment Adviser for each Portfolio. MSA has retained the following sub-advisers to assist in managing certain Portfolios: American Century Investment Management, Inc. (“American Century”); Capital Guardian Trust Company (“Capital Guardian”); Massachusetts Financial Services Company (“MFS”) and Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC (“PIMCO”) (each, a “Sub-Adviser” and collectively, the “Sub-Advisers”). Information about the Adviser and each Sub-Adviser can be found in the “INVESTMENT ADVISER AND SUB-ADVISERS” section of this Prospectus.

What the Portfolios Are Not

An investment in a Portfolio is not a bank deposit. It is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency.

 

1


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO SUMMARIES

American Century Large Company Value Portfolio

OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGY

The Portfolio’s investment objective is to seek long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.

The Portfolio invests primarily in larger companies. Normally, the Portfolio will have at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities of companies comprising the Russell 1000 Index. The Portfolio may also invest in foreign securities, debt securities of companies, debt obligations of governments and their agencies, and other similar securities.

The Sub-Adviser looks for stocks of companies that it believes are undervalued at the time of purchase. The Sub-Adviser uses a value investment strategy that looks for companies that are temporarily out of favor in the market. The Sub-Adviser attempts to purchase the stocks of these undervalued companies and hold each stock until it has returned to favor in the market and the price has increased to, or is higher than, a level the Sub-Adviser believes more accurately reflects the fair value of the company. The Sub-Adviser may sell stocks from the Portfolio’s portfolio if it believes a stock no longer meets its valuation criteria.

Companies may be undervalued due to market declines, poor economic conditions, actual or anticipated bad news regarding the issuer or its industry, or because they have been overlooked by the market. To identify these companies, the Sub-Adviser looks for companies with earnings, cash flows and/or assets that may not be reflected accurately in the companies’ stock prices or may be outside the companies’ historical ranges. The Sub-Adviser also may consider whether the companies’ securities have a favorable income-paying history and whether income payments are expected to continue or increase.

The Sub-Adviser may use futures and options as a way to expose the Portfolio’s cash assets to the market while maintaining liquidity.

PAST PERFORMANCE

No performance information is provided because the Portfolio had not begun operations as of the date of this Prospectus. Performance information will be available after the Portfolio has been in operation for one calendar year. Please refer to Appendix A for the performance of similar accounts managed by the same Sub-Adviser and portfolio manager(s) for the one-, five- and ten-year (or from inception of the account, if shorter) periods ended December 31, 2006. The performance figures shown in Appendix A should not be considered a substitute for the Portfolio’s performance, are not necessarily indicative of future performance and are not intended as a projection or forecast of such future performance.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Like all investments in securities, you risk losing money by investing in the Portfolio. The main risks of investing in this Portfolio are identified below. Detailed information on these and other risks of investing in the Portfolio can be found in the “MORE ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS – More About Risks” section of this Prospectus.

 

Market Risk

  Foreign Securities Risk   Investment Style Risk

Issuer Risk

  Derivatives Risk  

Equity Securities Risk

  Active Management Risk  

 

2


Table of Contents

FEES AND EXPENSES

The table below describes the fees and expenses that are incurred, directly or indirectly, when you buy and hold interests in a separate account that invests in shares of the Portfolio as a result of your purchase of an Annuity Contract or Life Insurance Policy. The fees and expenses shown in the table do not reflect fees and expenses separately charged by Annuity Contracts or Life Insurance Policies.

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

  None

Estimated Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that are deducted from Fund assets)*

Management Fee

  0.72%

Distribution and service (12b-1) fees

  None

Other Expenses

  0.02%

Total Fund Operating Expenses

  0.74%

Net Expenses**

  0.74%

* The Management Fee, Other Expenses and Total Operating Expenses are estimated for the current fiscal year. Other Expenses (and as a result Total Operating Expenses) may fluctuate from year to year based on the Portfolio’s investment operations and portfolio expenses.
** MSA has entered into a written expense limitation agreement under which it has agreed to limit the total expenses of the Portfolio (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage and extraordinary expenses) to an annual rate of 0.80% of the Portfolio’s average net assets until April 30, 2008. This fee waiver may be terminated at any time after April 30, 2008.

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

$                 $             

 

3


Table of Contents

Capital Guardian Large Cap Blend Portfolio

OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGY

The Portfolio’s investment objective is to seek long-term growth of capital and income.

Normally, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes), in equity and equity-related securities of companies with market capitalizations greater than $1 billion at the time of purchase. In selecting investments, greater consideration is given to potential appreciation and future dividends than to current income.

The Portfolio may hold ADRs and other securities of foreign issuers which are denominated in dollars.

PAST PERFORMANCE

No performance information is provided because the Portfolio had not begun operations as of the date of this Prospectus. Performance information will be available after the Portfolio has been in operation for one calendar year. Please refer to Appendix A for the performance of similar accounts managed by the same Sub-Adviser and portfolio manager(s) for the one-, five- and ten-year (or from inception of the account, if shorter) periods ended December 31, 2006. The performance figures shown in Appendix A should not be considered a substitute for the Portfolio’s performance, are not necessarily indicative of future performance and are not intended as a projection or forecast of such future performance.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Like all investments in securities, you risk losing money by investing in the Portfolio. The main risks of investing in this Portfolio are identified below. Detailed information on these and other risks of investing in the Portfolio can be found in the “MORE ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS – More About Risks” section of this Prospectus.

 

Market Risk

  Foreign Securities Risk  

Issuer Risk

  Active Management Risk  

Equity Securities Risk

   

FEES AND EXPENSES

The table below describes the fees and expenses that are incurred, directly or indirectly, when you buy and hold interests in a separate account that invests in shares of the Portfolio as a result of your purchase of an Annuity Contract or Life Insurance Policy. The fees and expenses shown in the table do not reflect fees and expenses separately charged by Annuity Contracts or Life Insurance Policies.

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

  None

 

Estimated Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that are deducted from Fund assets)*

Management Fee

  0.77%

Distribution and service (12b-1) fees

  None

 

4


Table of Contents

Other Expenses

  0.02%

Total Fund Operating Expenses

  0.79%

Net Expenses**

  0.79%

* The Management Fee, Other Expenses and Total Operating Expenses are estimated for the current fiscal year. Other Expenses (and as a result Total Operating Expenses) may fluctuate from year to year based on the Portfolio’s investment operations and portfolio expenses.
** MSA has entered into a written expense limitation agreement under which it has agreed to limit the total expenses of the Portfolio (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage and extraordinary expenses) to an annual rate of 0.85% of the Portfolio’s average net assets until April 30, 2008. This fee waiver may be terminated at any time after April 30, 2008.

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

$             

   $            

 

5


Table of Contents

Index 600 Stock Portfolio

OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGY

The Portfolio’s investment objective is to achieve investment results that approximate the performance of the Standard & Poor’s SmallCap 600 Index’s performance.

The Portfolio invests in a representative sample of stocks included in the S&P SmallCap 600 Index, and in futures whose performance is related to the index, instead of copying the index. The Portfolio may also invest in exchange traded funds in an attempt to gain exposure to the market while awaiting the purchase of underlying securities.

The Portfolio’s goal is to have investment results that correspond to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of the S&P SmallCap 600 Index.

The Portfolio’s investments are selected based on market capitalization, industry representation and other factors. The Portfolio generally will invest in less than 600 stocks in the S&P SmallCap 600 Index. However, the Portfolio may be fully invested in all the stocks that comprise the index. At those times, the Portfolio maintains approximately the same weighting for each stock as the index does. The Portfolio may also use stock index futures as a substitute for the sale or purchase of securities.

The S&P SmallCap 600 Index is composed of 600 domestic stocks with market capitalizations ranging between approximately $45 million and $4.2 billion, depending on index composition. The S&P adjusts each company’s stock weighting in the index by the number of shares available to public investors divided by the total shares outstanding of the company. This means that larger companies with more publicly available shares will have greater representation in the S&P SmallCap 600 index than smaller ones. The index may become less diversified if the largest companies within the index significantly increase in value relative to other companies within the index. For this reason, the Index 600 Stock Portfolio is classified as “nondiversified.”

PAST PERFORMANCE

No performance information is provided because the Portfolio had not begun operations as of the date of this Prospectus. Performance information will be available after the Portfolio has been in operation for one calendar year.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Like all investments in securities, you risk losing money by investing in the Portfolio. The main risks of investing in this Portfolio are identified below. Detailed information on these and other risks of investing in the Portfolio can be found in the “MORE ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS – More About Risks” section of this Prospectus.

 

Market Risk

  Exchange Traded Funds Risk   Nondiversification Risk

Issuer Risk

  Derivatives Risk  

Equity Securities Risk

  Small and MidCap Company Risk  

FEES AND EXPENSES

The table below describes the fees and expenses that are incurred, directly or indirectly, when you buy and hold interests in a separate account that invests in shares of the Portfolio as a result of your purchase of an Annuity Contract or Life Insurance Policy. The fees and expenses shown in the table do not reflect fees and expenses separately charged by Annuity Contracts or Life Insurance Policies.

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

  None

 

6


Table of Contents

Estimated Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that are deducted from Fund assets)*

Management Fee

   0.25%

Distribution and service (12b-1) fees

   None

Other Expenses

   0.02%

Total Fund Operating Expenses

   0.27%

Net Expenses**

   0.27%

* The Management Fee, Other Expenses and Total Operating Expenses are estimated for the current fiscal year. Other Expenses (and as a result Total Operating Expenses) may fluctuate from year to year based on the Portfolio’s investment operations and portfolio expenses.
** MSA has entered into a written expense limitation agreement under which it has agreed to limit the total expenses of the Portfolio (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage and extraordinary expenses) to an annual rate of 0.35% of the Portfolio’s average net assets until April 30, 2008. This fee waiver may be terminated at any time after April 30, 2008.

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

$ TBD    $ TBD

 

7


Table of Contents

MFS Research International Large Cap Core Portfolio

OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGY

The investment objective of the Portfolio is to seek capital appreciation.

The Portfolio primarily invests in foreign equity securities, including emerging market equity securities. The Sub-Adviser normally invests at least 80% of the Portfolio’s net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in companies with large market capitalizations (generally companies with market capitalizations greater than $5 billion).

In selecting investments for the Portfolio, the Sub-Adviser is not constrained to any particular investment style. The Sub-Adviser may invest the Portfolio’s assets in the stock of companies it believes to have above average earnings growth potential compared to other companies (growth companies), in the stock of companies it believes are undervalued compared to their perceived worth (value companies), or in a combination of growth and value companies. In seeking to achieve its investment objective, the Sub-Adviser may engage in active and frequent trading.

The Sub-Adviser may also invest the Portfolio’s assets in derivatives.

A team of research analysts selects investments for the Portfolio. The Sub-Adviser allocates the Portfolio’s assets to analysts by broad market sectors.

The Sub-Adviser uses a bottom-up investment approach in buying and selling investments for the Portfolio. Investments are selected primarily based on fundamental analysis of issuers and their potential in light of their current financial condition and industry position, and market, economic, political and regulatory conditions. Factors considered may include analysis of earnings, cash flows, competitive position and management ability. Quantitative analysis of these and other factors may also be considered.

PAST PERFORMANCE

No performance information is provided because the Portfolio had not begun operations as of the date of this Prospectus. Performance information will be available after the Portfolio has been in operation for one calendar year. Please refer to Appendix A for the performance of similar accounts managed by the same Sub-Adviser and portfolio manager(s) for the one-, five- and ten-year (or from inception of the account, if shorter) periods ended December 31, 2006. The performance figures shown in Appendix A should not be considered a substitute for the Portfolio’s performance, are not necessarily indicative of future performance and are not intended as a projection or forecast of such future performance.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Like all investments in securities, you risk losing money by investing in the Portfolio. The main risks of investing in this Portfolio are identified below. Detailed information on these and other risks of investing in the Portfolio can be found in the “MORE ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS – More About Risks” section of this Prospectus.

 

Market Risk

  Foreign Securities Risk   Active Management Risk

Issuer Risk

  Derivatives Risk   Geographic Concentration Risk

Equity Securities Risk

  Small and MidCap Company Risk   Investment Style Risk

FEES AND EXPENSES

The table below describes the fees and expenses that are incurred, directly or indirectly, when you buy and hold interests in a separate account that invests in shares of the Portfolio as a result of your purchase of an Annuity Contract or Life Insurance Policy. The fees and expenses shown in the table do not reflect fees and expenses separately charged by Annuity Contracts or Life Insurance Policies.

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

  None

 

8


Table of Contents

Estimated Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that are deducted from Fund assets)*

Management Fee

  0.88%

Distribution and service (12b-1) fees

  None

Other Expenses

  0.15%

Total Fund Operating Expenses

  1.03%

Net Expenses**

  1.03%

* The Management Fee, Other Expenses and Total Operating Expenses are estimated for the current fiscal year. Other Expenses (and as a result Total Operating Expenses) may fluctuate from year to year based on the Portfolio’s investment operations and portfolio expenses.
** MSA has entered into a written expense limitation agreement under which it has agreed to limit the total expenses of the Portfolio (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage and extraordinary expenses) to an annual rate of 1.15% of the Portfolio’s average net assets until April 30, 2008. This fee waiver may be terminated at any time after April 30, 2008.

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

$ TBD

   $ TBD

 

9


Table of Contents

MFS Emerging Markets Portfolio

OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGY

The Portfolio’s investment objective is to seek capital appreciation.

Normally, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in equity instruments of issuers that are tied economically to emerging market countries. Emerging market countries may include countries determined by the Portfolio’s Adviser and Sub-Adviser to have emerging market economies, taking into account a number of factors, including whether a particular country has a low to middle economy according to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank), the country’s foreign currency debt rating, its political and economic stability, and the development of its financial and capital markets. Currently, such countries are located in Latin America, Asia, Africa, the Middle East, and the developing countries of Europe, primarily Eastern Europe. In seeking to achieve its investment objective, the Sub-Adviser may engage in active and frequent trading.

The Portfolio may invest in companies of any size. Although the Portfolio will be diversified, the Portfolio may invest a relatively high percentage of its assets in a single issuer or a small number of issuers. The Portfolio may also invest in derivatives.

The Sub-Adviser uses a bottom-up investment approach in buying and selling investments for the Portfolio. Investments are selected primarily based on fundamental analysis of issuers and their potential in light of their current financial condition and industry position, and market, economic, political, and regulatory conditions. Factors considered may include earnings, price, cash flows, growth potential, and management ability. Quantitative analysis of these and other factors may also be considered.

PAST PERFORMANCE

No performance information is provided because the Portfolio had not begun operations as of the date of this Prospectus. Performance information will be available after the Portfolio has been in operation for one calendar year. Please refer to Appendix A for the performance of similar accounts managed by the same Sub-Adviser and portfolio manager(s) for the one-, five- and ten-year (or from inception of the account, if shorter) periods ended December 31, 2006. The performance figures shown in Appendix A should not be considered a substitute for the Portfolio’s performance, are not necessarily indicative of future performance and are not intended as a projection or forecast of such future performance.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Like all investments in securities, you risk losing money by investing in the Portfolio. The main risks of investing in this Portfolio are identified below. Detailed information on these and other risks of investing in the Portfolio can be found in the “MORE ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS – More About Risks” section of this Prospectus.

 

Market Risk

  Foreign Securities Risk   Active Management Risk

Issuer Risk

  Focus Risk   Geographic Concentration Risk

Equity Securities Risk

  Derivatives Risk  

FEES AND EXPENSES

The table below describes the fees and expenses that are incurred, directly or indirectly, when you buy and hold interests in a separate account that invests in shares of the Portfolio as a result of your purchase of an Annuity Contract or Life Insurance Policy. The fees and expenses shown in the table do not reflect fees and expenses separately charged by Annuity Contracts or Life Insurance Policies.

 

10


Table of Contents

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

 

None

Estimated Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that are deducted from Fund assets)*

Management Fee

 

1.14%

Distribution and service (12b-1) fees

 

None

Other Expenses

 

0.25%

Total Fund Operating Expenses

 

1.39%

Net Expenses**

 

1.39%


* The Management Fee, Other Expenses and Total Operating Expenses are estimated for the current fiscal year. Other Expenses (and as a result Total Operating Expenses) may fluctuate from year to year based on the Portfolio’s investment operations and portfolio expenses.
** MSA has entered into a written expense limitation agreement under which it has agreed to limit the total expenses of the Portfolio (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage and extraordinary expenses) to an annual rate of 1.50% of the Portfolio’s average net assets until April 30, 2008. This fee waiver may be terminated at any time after April 30, 2008.

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

$                 $             

 

11


Table of Contents

Short Term Bond Portfolio

OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGY

The primary investment objective of the Portfolio is to provide as high a level of current income as is consistent with prudent investment risk.

Normally, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in a diversified portfolio of investment grade debt securities with maturities exceeding one year. Investment grade securities are securities rated “investment grade” by at least one qualified rating agency (e.g., BBB- or higher by Standard & Poor’s or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s), or, if unrated, determined by the Portfolio’s Adviser to be of comparable quality. The Portfolio may invest up to 20% of net assets in non-investment grade, high yield/high risk bonds. Also, the Portfolio may invest up to 30% of net assets in foreign securities, consistent with its investment objective, including (i) foreign securities denominated in a foreign currency and not publicly traded in the U.S. and (ii) U.S. currency denominated foreign securities, including depository receipts issued by U.S. banks (ADRs) and depository shares issued by U.S. broker-dealers (American Depository Shares). Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio attempts to maintain a duration (the Portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates) of between one and three years.

In selecting securities for the Portfolio, the Adviser develops an outlook for interest rates and the economy, analyzes credit and call risks, and uses other security selection techniques. The Adviser uses a top-down and bottom-up investment approach to construct the portfolio of investments. The top-down investment approach involves an evaluation by the Adviser of the overall economic environment and its potential impact on the level and direction of interest rates. The Adviser then identifies sectors it believes have the best potential for performance based on economic and business cycles. The bottom-up investment approach focuses on fundamental research of issuers to identify issuers that appear to have strong relative credit quality, solid balance sheets, improving company specific fundamentals and free cash flows. The proportion of the Portfolio’s assets committed to investments in securities with particular characteristics (such as quality, sector, interest rate or maturity) varies based on the Adviser’s outlook for the economy, the financial markets and other factors.

PAST PERFORMANCE

No performance information is provided because the Portfolio had not begun operations as of the date of this Prospectus. Performance information will be available after the Portfolio has been in operation for one calendar year.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Like all investments in securities, you risk losing money by investing in the Portfolio. The main risks of investing in this Portfolio are identified below. Detailed information on these and other risks of investing in the Portfolio can be found in the “MORE ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS – More About Risks” section of this Prospectus.

 

Credit Risk

  Foreign Securities Risk   Mortgage- and Asset Backed Securities Risk

Interest Rate Risk

  Active Management Risk   Derivatives Risk

High Yield Debt Risk

  Market Risk   Issuer Risk

FEES AND EXPENSES

The table below describes the fees and expenses that are incurred, directly or indirectly, when you buy and hold interests in a separate account that invests in shares of the Portfolio as a result of your purchase of an Annuity Contract or Life Insurance Policy. The fees and expenses shown in the table do not reflect fees and expenses separately charged by Annuity Contracts or Life Insurance Policies.

 

12


Table of Contents

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

  None

 

Estimated Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that are deducted from Fund assets)*

Management Fee

  0.35%

Distribution and service (12b-1) fees

  None

Other Expenses

  0.03%

Total Fund Operating Expenses

  0.38%

Net Expenses**

  0.38%

* The Management Fee, Other Expenses and Total Operating Expenses are estimated for the current fiscal year. Other Expenses (and as a result Total Operating Expenses) may fluctuate from year to year based on the Portfolio’s investment operations and portfolio expenses.
** MSA has entered into a written expense limitation agreement under which it has agreed to limit the total expenses of the Portfolio (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage and extraordinary expenses) to an annual rate of 0.45% of the Portfolio’s average net assets until April 30, 2008. This fee waiver may be terminated at any time after April 30, 2008.

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

$ TBD

   $ TBD

 

13


Table of Contents

PIMCO Long-Term U.S. Government Bond Portfolio

OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGY

The Portfolio’s investment objective is to seek maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management.

The Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing under normal circumstances at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in a diversified portfolio of fixed income securities that are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or government-sponsored enterprises (“U.S. Government Securities”). Assets not invested in U.S. Government Securities may be invested in other types of investment grade fixed income instruments, subject to the quality restrictions described below. The Portfolio may also obtain exposure to U.S. Government Securities through the use of futures contracts (including related options) with respect to such securities, and options on such securities, when the Sub-Adviser deems it appropriate to do so. This Portfolio will normally have a minimum average portfolio duration of eight years and, for point of reference, the dollar-weighted average maturity of the Portfolio is expected to be more than ten years.

The Portfolio may invest all of its assets in derivative instruments, such as options, futures, contracts or swap agreements, or in mortgage-backed securities such as those issued by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The Portfolio may, without limitation, seek to obtain market exposure to the securities in which it primarily invests by entering into a series of purchase and sale contracts or by using other investment techniques (such as buy backs or dollar rolls). The “total return” sought by the Portfolio consists of income earned on the Portfolio’s investments, plus capital appreciation, if any, which generally arises from decreases in interest rates or improving credit fundamentals for a particular sector or security.

The Portfolio’s investments in fixed income securities are limited to investment grade U.S. dollar-denominated securities of U.S. issuers that are rated at least A by Moody’s or by S&P, or, if unrated, determined by the Sub-Adviser to be of comparable quality. In addition, the Portfolio may only invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities rated A by Moody’s or S&P, and may only invest up to 25% of its total assets in securities rated Aa by Moody’s or AA by S&P.

PAST PERFORMANCE

No performance information is provided because the Portfolio had not begun operations as of the date of this Prospectus. Performance information will be available after the Portfolio has been in operation for one calendar year. Please refer to Appendix A for the performance of similar accounts managed by the same Sub-Adviser and portfolio manager(s) for the one-, five- and ten-year (or from inception of the account, if shorter) periods ended December 31, 2006. The performance figures shown in Appendix A should not be considered a substitute for the Portfolio’s performance, are not necessarily indicative of future performance and are not intended as a projection or forecast of such future performance.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Like all investments in securities, you risk losing money by investing in the Portfolio. The main risks of investing in this Portfolio are identified below. Detailed information on these and other risks of investing in the Portfolio can be found in the “MORE ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS – More About Risks” section of this Prospectus.

 

Credit Risk

  Market Risk   Leverage Risk
Interest Rate Risk   Issuer Risk   Active Management Risk
Derivatives Risk   Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities Risk  

 

14


Table of Contents

FEES AND EXPENSES

The table below describes the fees and expenses that are incurred, directly or indirectly, when you buy and hold interests in a separate account that invests in shares of the Portfolio as a result of your purchase of an Annuity Contract or Life Insurance Policy. The fees and expenses shown in the table do not reflect fees and expenses separately charged by Annuity Contracts or Life Insurance Policies.

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

  None

 

Estimated Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that are deducted from Fund assets)*

Management Fee

  0.56%

Distribution and service (12b-1) fees

  None

Other Expenses

  0.03%

Total Fund Operating Expenses

  0.59%

Net Expenses**

  0.59%

* The Management Fee, Other Expenses and Total Operating Expenses are estimated for the current fiscal year. Other Expenses (and as a result Total Operating Expenses) may fluctuate from year to year based on the Portfolio’s investment operations and portfolio expenses.
** MSA has entered into a written expense limitation agreement under which it has agreed to limit the total expenses of the Portfolio (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage and extraordinary expenses) to an annual rate of 0.65% of the Portfolio’s average net assets until April 30, 2008. This fee waiver may be terminated at any time after April 30, 2008.

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

$ TBD

   $ TBD

 

15


Table of Contents

American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio

OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGY

The Portfolio’s investment objective is to pursue total return using a strategy that seeks to protect against U.S. inflation.

Normally, the Portfolio invests at least [50%] of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in inflation-linked debt securities. These securities include inflation-linked U.S. Treasury Securities, inflation-linked securities issued by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities other than the U.S. Treasury, and inflation-linked securities issued by other entities such as domestic and foreign corporations and governments. Inflation-linked securities are designed to protect the future purchasing power of the money invested in them. The Portfolio also may invest in fixed-income securities that are not linked to inflation, including mortgage- and asset-backed securities. The Portfolio invests primarily in investment grade securities, but may invest up to 10% of its total assets in high-yield securities.

Securities issued by the U.S. Treasury and certain U.S. government agencies, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Securities issued by other U.S. government agencies, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), and the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) are not guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. However, these agencies are authorized to borrow from the U.S. Treasury to meet their obligations. Inflation-indexed securities issued by non-U.S. government entities are backed only by the credit of the issuer.

The Sub-Adviser is not limited to a specific weighted average maturity range. However, the Sub-Adviser monitors the Portfolio’s weighed average maturity and seeks to adjust it as appropriate, taking into account market conditions, the current inflation rate and other relevant factors.

The Portfolio also may invest in derivative instruments such as options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and swap agreements (including, but not limited to, credit default swap agreements), provided that such instruments are in keeping with the Portfolio’s investment objective. The Portfolio may purchase securities in a number of different ways to seek higher rates of return.

The Portfolio may invest up to 20% of its total assets in securities denominated in foreign currencies and may invest beyond this limit in U.S. dollar denominated securities of foreign issuers. The Portfolio may hedge some or all of its foreign currency to reduce the risk of loss due to fluctuations in the currency exchange rates, though there is no assurance that it will do so or, if it does, whether it will achieve its desired result.

Due to Internal Revenue Code provisions governing insurance product funds, no more than 55% of the Portfolio’s assets may be invested in securities issued by the same entity, such as the U.S. Treasury. Because the number of inflation-linked debt securities issued by other entities is limited, the Portfolio may have a substantial position in non-inflation-linked securities. To the extent that this is the case, that portion of the Portfolio will not be automatically protected from inflation.

PAST PERFORMANCE

No performance information is provided because the Portfolio had not begun operations as of the date of this Prospectus. Performance information will be available after the Portfolio has been in operation for one calendar year. Please refer to Appendix A for the performance of similar accounts managed by the same Sub-Adviser and portfolio manager(s) for the one-, five- and ten-year (or from inception of the account, if shorter) periods ended December 31, 2006. The performance figures shown in Appendix A should not be considered a substitute for the Portfolio’s performance, are not necessarily indicative of future performance and are not intended as a projection or forecast of such future performance.

 

16


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Like all investments in securities, you risk losing money by investing in the Portfolio. The main risks of investing in this Portfolio are identified below. Detailed information on these and other risks of investing in the Portfolio can be found in the “MORE ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS – More About Risks” section of this Prospectus.

 

Market Risk   Interest Rate Risk   Active Management Risk
Issuer Risk   High Yield Debt Risk   Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities Risk
Credit Risk   Foreign Securities Risk   Derivatives Risk

FEES AND EXPENSES

The table below describes the fees and expenses that are incurred, directly or indirectly, when you buy and hold interests in a separate account that invests in shares of the Portfolio as a result of your purchase of an Annuity Contract or Life Insurance Policy. The fees and expenses shown in the table do not reflect fees and expenses separately charged by Annuity Contracts or Life Insurance Policies.

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)   None

Estimated Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that are deducted from Fund assets)*

Management Fee

  0.58%

Distribution and service (12b-1) fees

  None

Other Expenses

  0.02%

Total Fund Operating Expenses

  0.60%

Net Expenses**

  0.60%

* The Management Fee, Other Expenses and Total Operating Expenses are estimated for the current fiscal year. Other Expenses (and as a result Total Operating Expenses) may fluctuate from year to year based on the Portfolio’s investment operations and portfolio expenses.
** MSA has entered into a written expense limitation agreement under which it has agreed to limit the total expenses of the Portfolio (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage and extraordinary expenses) to an annual rate of 0.65% of the Portfolio’s average net assets until April 30, 2008. This fee waiver may be terminated at any time after April 30, 2008.

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

$ TBD    $ TBD

 

17


Table of Contents

PIMCO Multi-Sector Bond Portfolio

OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGY

The Portfolio’s investment objective is to seek maximum total return, consistent with prudent investment management.

Normally, the Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in a diversified portfolio of fixed income instruments of varying maturities. Fixed Income Instruments include the securities described under “MORE ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS – More About Securities, Investment Strategies and Techniques.” The average portfolio duration of the Portfolio normally varies within a three- to eight-year time frame based on the Sub-Adviser’s forecast for interest rates.

The Portfolio may invest all of its assets in high yield securities subject to a maximum of 10% of its total assets in securities rated below B by Moody’s or by S&P or, if unrated, determined by the Portfolio’s Sub-Adviser to be of comparable quality. The Portfolio may also invest up to 30% of its total assets in securities denominated in foreign currencies, and may invest beyond this limit in U.S.-dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers. The Portfolio will normally limit its foreign currency exposure (from non-U.S. dollar denominated securities or currencies) to 20% of its total assets. In addition, the Portfolio may invest without limit in fixed income securities of issuers that are economically tied to emerging securities markets.

The Portfolio may invest all of its assets in derivative instruments, such as options, futures contracts or swap agreements, or in mortgage- or asset-backed securities. The Portfolio may, without limitation, seek to obtain market exposure to the securities in which it primarily invests by entering into a series of purchase and sale contracts or by using other investment techniques (such as buy backs or dollar rolls). The “total return” sought by the Portfolio consists of income earned on the Portfolio’s investments, plus capital appreciation, if any, which generally arises from decrease in interest rates or improving credit fundamentals for a particular sector or security.

In selecting securities for a Portfolio, the Sub-Adviser develops an outlook for interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and the economy; analyzes credit and call risks, and uses other security selection techniques. The proportion of a Portfolio’s assets committed to investment in securities with particular characteristics (such as quality, sector, interest rate or maturity) varies based on the Sub-Adviser’s outlook for the U.S. and foreign economies, the financial markets and other factors.

The Sub-Adviser attempts to identify areas of the bond market that are undervalued relative to the rest of the market. The Sub-Adviser identifies these areas by grouping bonds into the following sectors: money markets, governments, corporates, mortgages, asset-basked and international. Sophisticated proprietary software then assists in evaluating sectors and pricing specific securities. Once investment opportunities are identified, the Sub-Adviser will shift assets among sectors depending upon changes in relative valuations and credit spreads. There is no guarantee that the Sub-Adviser’s security selection techniques will produce the desired results.

PAST PERFORMANCE

No performance information is provided because the Portfolio had not begun operations as of the date of this Prospectus. Performance information will be available after the Portfolio has been in operation for one calendar year. Please refer to Appendix A for the performance of similar accounts managed by the same Sub-Adviser and portfolio manager(s) for the one-, five- and ten-year (or from inception of the account, if shorter) periods ended December 31, 2006. The performance figures shown in Appendix A should not be considered a substitute for the Portfolio’s performance, are not necessarily indicative of future performance and are not intended as a projection or forecast of such future performance.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Like all investments in securities, you risk losing money by investing in the Portfolio. The main risks of investing in this Portfolio are identified below. Detailed information on these and other risks of investing in the Portfolio can be found in the “MORE ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS – More About Risks” section of this Prospectus.

 

18


Table of Contents

Credit Risk

  High Yield Debt Risk   Mortgage- and Asset –Backed Securities Risk

Interest Rate Risk

  Foreign Securities Risk   Leverage Risk

Derivatives Risk

  Issuer Risk   Liquidity Risk

Market Risk

  Active Management Risk  

FEES AND EXPENSES

The table below describes the fees and expenses that are incurred, directly or indirectly, when you buy and hold interests in a separate account that invests in shares of the Portfolio as a result of your purchase of an Annuity Contract or Life Insurance Policy. The fees and expenses shown in the table do not reflect fees and expenses separately charged by Annuity Contracts or Life Insurance Policies.

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

  None

 

Estimated Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that are deducted from Fund assets)*

Management Fee

   0.79%

Distribution and service (12b-1) fees

   None

Other Expenses

   0.09%

Total Fund Operating Expenses

   0.88%

Net Expenses**

   0.88%

* The Management Fee, Other Expenses and Total Operating Expenses are estimated for the current fiscal year. Other Expenses (and as a result Total Operating Expenses) may fluctuate from year to year based on the Portfolio’s investment operations and portfolio expenses.
** MSA has entered into a written expense limitation agreement under which it has agreed to limit the total expenses of the Portfolio (excluding interest, taxes, brokerage and extraordinary expenses) to an annual rate of 0.95% of the Portfolio’s average net assets until April 30, 2008. This fee waiver may be terminated at any time after April 30, 2008.

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

  

3 Years

$ TBD

   $ TBD

 

19


Table of Contents

MORE ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS

More About Risks

Market Risk. The market price of securities owned by a Portfolio may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Securities may decline in value due to factors affecting securities markets generally or particular industries represented in the securities markets. The value of a security may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular company. The value of a security may also decline due to factors that affect a particular industry or industries. During a general downturn in the securities markets, multiple asset classes may decline in value simultaneously. Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than fixed income securities.

Issuer Risk. An issuer of a security purchased by a Portfolio may perform poorly, and, therefore, the value of its stocks and bonds may decline. Poor performance may be caused by poor management decisions, competitive pressures, breakthroughs in technology, reliance on suppliers, labor problems or shortages, corporate restructurings, fraudulent disclosures, or other factors.

Equity Securities Risk. Equity securities include common, preferred and convertible preferred stocks and securities the values of which are tied to the price of stocks, such as rights, warrants, and convertible debt securities. Common and preferred stocks represent equity ownership in a company. Stock markets are volatile. The price of equity securities will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a portfolio investing in equities. The price of equity securities fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. The value of equity securities purchased by a Portfolio could decline if the financial condition of the companies the Portfolio is invested in decline or if overall market and economic conditions deteriorate. Even Portfolios that invest in high quality or “blue chip” equity securities or securities of established companies with large market capitalizations (which generally have strong financial characteristics) can be negatively impacted by poor overall market and economic conditions. Companies with large market capitalizations may also have less growth potential than smaller companies and may be able to react less quickly to change in the marketplace.

Small and MidCap Company Risk. Small and mid-cap stocks may involve greater risks of loss and price fluctuation than stocks of companies with larger capitalizations because smaller and mid-sized companies often have a more limited track record, have narrower markets for their products and services and more limited managerial and financial resources than larger, more established companies. These stocks may react differently to issuer, political, market and economic developments than the stocks with larger capitalizations. Also, the trading markets for small and mid-cap stocks tend to be less liquid than securities of larger companies, which may result in difficulty buying or selling a small or mid-cap stock, especially during periods of market volatility.

Active Management Risk. Most Portfolios (other than index funds) are actively managed by their Adviser or Sub-Adviser. The performance of a Portfolio that is actively managed will reflect in part the ability of its manager(s) to make investment decisions that are suited to achieving the Portfolio’s investment objective. If the Portfolio manager’s investment strategies do not perform as expected, the Portfolio could underperform other mutual funds with similar investment objectives or lose money. Active management may also result in active trading of portfolio securities, which could increase the portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs.

Investment Style Risk. Market performance tends to be cyclical, and during various cycles, the market may not favor the portion of the Portfolio that utilizes a particular style of investing, such as growth or value, and a Portfolio’s returns may vary considerably from other Portfolios or other equity funds using different investment styles. “Growth” stocks are typically priced higher than other stocks, in relation to earnings and other measures, because investors believe they have more appreciation potential. This potential may or may not be realized and growth stock prices tend to fluctuate more dramatically than the overall stock market. “Growth” stocks also may provide minimal dividends. “Value” stocks are typically those that the portfolio managers believe are undervalued in relation to their intrinsic values. The price of “value” stocks may turn out to have been too high, or the market may not recognize what the portfolio managers believe are their intrinsic values.

Focus Risk. If a Portfolio invests a relatively large percentage of its assets in a single issuer or small number of issuers, the Portfolio’s performance could be closely tied to the value of that one issuer or issuers, and could be more volatile than the performance of more diversified funds.

 

20


Table of Contents

Exchange Traded Funds Risk. An exchange traded fund (ETF) is a type of investment company bought and sold on a securities exchange which represents a fixed portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market index. The main risk of investing in an index-based investment is the same as investing in a portfolio of equity securities comprising the index, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Portfolio investing in ETFs would bear its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to the expenses the Portfolio bears directly in connection with its own operation. The market prices of index-based investments will fluctuate in accordance with both changes in the market value of their underlying portfolio securities and due to supply and demand for the instruments on the exchanges on which they are traded (which may result in their trading at a discount or premium to the NAVs.) Index-based investment may not replicate exactly the performance of their specific index because of transaction costs and because of the temporary unavailability of certain component securities of the index.

Nondiversification Risk. Because the Index 600 Stock Portfolio, as a nondiversified fund, may invest a relatively large percentage of its assets in a single issuer or small number of issuers, the Portfolio’s performance could be closely tied to the value of that one issuer or issuers, and could be more volatile than the performance of more diversified funds.

Illiquid Securities. Investments in illiquid securities, which may include restricted securities, involve certain risks to the extent that a Portfolio may be unable to sell an illiquid security or sell at a reasonable price. In addition, in order to sell a restricted security, a Portfolio might have to bear the expense and incur the delays associated with registering the shares with the SEC.

Leverage Risk. Certain transactions may give rise to a form of leverage including, among others, reverse repurchase agreements, loans of portfolios securities, and the use of derivative, when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment transactions. The use of leverage may cause a Portfolio to liquidate portfolio positions when it may not be advantageous to do so to satisfy its obligations or to meet segregation requirements. Leverage, including borrowing, may cause a Portfolio to be more volatile than if the Portfolio had not been leveraged because leverage tends to exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of a Portfolio’s securities holdings.

Liquidity Risk. The value of a security on a given date depends entirely on its market price. Investors necessarily rely on the integrity of the marketplace. There is no guarantee that the securities markets will function in an orderly manner. High yield securities, foreign securities and securities with small capitalizations may be more thinly traded than other securities, which normally causes them to be less liquid and more difficult for a Portfolio to buy, sell and price such securities.

ADRs. ADRs are subject to many of the same risks as direct investments in foreign securities, including the risk that material information about the issuer may not be disclosed in the United States and the risk that currency fluctuations may adversely affect the value of the ADR.

Geographic Concentration Risk. To the extent a Portfolio invests a relatively large percentage of its assets in issuers located in a single country, a small number of countries, or a particular geographic region, the Portfolio’s performance could be closely tied to the market, currency, economic, political, or regulatory conditions and developments in those countries or that region, and could be more volatile than the performance of more geographically-diversified funds.

Credit Risk. Credit risk is the risk that an issuer will be unable to make principal and interest payments when due. An issuer’s failure to make principal or interest payments will typically cause the market value of the issuer’s debt securities to fall and could reduce a Portfolio’s income.

Interest Rate Risk. When interest rates change, the value of a Portfolio’s investments may be affected because prices of debt investments generally rise and fall in response to changes in market interest rates. When interest rates rise, the prices of debt investments fall. This effect is greater for investments with longer term maturities or durations.

High Yield Debt Risk. High yield debt securities or non-investment grade securities (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”), are generally those securities rated below investment grade by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization and unrated securities determined by a Portfolio’s Adviser or Sub-Adviser to be of comparable quality. The historical financial condition of the issuers of these securities is usually not as strong as that of other

 

21


Table of Contents

issuers and the price of these securities is usually more volatile and more likely to react to developments affecting market and credit risk than are more highly rated securities. As a result, high yield debt securities are subject to greater levels of interest rate and credit risk and greater risk of loss of income and principal than higher rated securities. Also, the trading markets for high yield debt securities tend to be less liquid than the trading markets for more highly rated securities and a Portfolio could find it more difficult to sell such securities or only sell at prices lower than more widely traded securities.

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities Risk. The Portfolios may invest in mortgage- and asset-backed securities. When borrowers refinance their mortgages to take advantage of declining interest rates, their existing mortgages are pre-paid. The mortgages, which back the mortgage-backed securities purchased by a Portfolio, may be prepaid in this fashion. Likewise, borrowers may prepay the credit card or automobile trade receivables, home equity loans, corporate loans or bonds or other assets underlying a Portfolio’s asset-backed securities. When this happens, a Portfolio will be required to purchase new securities at current rates, which will usually be lower. Because of this pre-payment risk, a Portfolio investing in mortgage- and asset-backed securities may benefit less from declining interest rates than other funds. Mortgage risk is the risk that in a period of rising interest rates, mortgage-related securities may exhibit additional volatility, which may increase the volatility of a Portfolio’s share price.

Foreign Securities Risk.

General. A Portfolio that invests in foreign securities may experience more rapid and extreme changes in value than a Portfolio that invests exclusively in securities of U.S. companies. To the extent a Portfolio invests a significant portion of its assets in a concentrated geographic area, the Portfolio will generally have more exposure to regional economic risks associated with foreign investments.

Political and Economic Risk. Foreign investments can be subject to greater political and economic risks, including political, economic and social instability. In some countries, there is the risk that the government may take over assets or operation of the company or impose taxes or place limits on the removal of assets that would adversely affect the value of the security. The possibility of default in foreign government securities, political or social instability or diplomatic developments generally are more of a concern in developing countries, where the possibility of political instability (including revolution) and dependence on foreign economic assistance may be greater than in developed countries. In the event of nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, a Portfolio could lose its entire investment in foreign securities.

Regulatory Risk. In many countries there is less publicly available information about issuers than is available for companies in the U.S. Foreign companies may not be subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, and auditing practices and requirements may not be comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies. In many foreign countries there is less government supervision and regulation of business and industry practices, stock exchanges, brokers and listed companies than in the U.S., and it may be more difficult to obtain or enforce judgments against foreign entities.

Foreign Market Risk. Foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and are therefore less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable domestic issuers. Further, the settlement period of securities transactions in foreign markets may be longer than in domestic markets.

Transaction Costs. Commission rates in foreign countries, which are generally fixed rather than subject to negotiation as in the U.S., are likely to be higher. In addition, other costs, such as taxes and custody costs, are generally higher than for domestic transactions.

Particular Risks for Emerging Markets. Investing in emerging market securities imposes risks different from, or greater than, risks of investing in domestic securities or in foreign, developed countries. These risks include: smaller market capitalization of securities markets, which may suffer period of relative illiquidity; significant price volatility; restrictions on foreign investment; possible repatriation of investment income and capital. In addition, foreign investors may be required to register the proceeds of sales; future economic or political crises could lead to price controls, forced mergers, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, seizure, nationalization, or creation of government monopolies. The currencies of emerging market countries may experience significant declines against the U.S. dollar, and devaluation may occur subsequent to investments in these currencies by a Portfolio. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on

 

22


Table of Contents

the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries. Many developing countries are heavily dependent on international trade and can be adversely affected by trade barriers and protectionist measures, as well as the depreciation or devaluation of their currencies.

Additional risks of emerging markets securities may include: greater social, economic and political uncertainty and instability; more substantial governmental involvement in the economy; less governmental supervision and regulation; unavailability of currency hedging techniques; companies that re newly organized and small; differences in auditing and financial reporting standards, which may result in unavailability of material information about issuers; and less developed legal systems. In addition, emerging securities markets may have different clearance and settlement procedures, which may be unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions or otherwise make it difficulty to engage in such transactions. Settlement problems may cause a Portfolio to miss attractive investment opportunities, hold a portion of its assets in cash pending investment, or be delayed in disposing of a portfolio security. Such a delay could result in possible liability to a purchaser of the security.

Foreign Currency Risk. Portfolios that invest in securities that trade in, and receive revenues in, foreign (non-U.S.) currencies are subject to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar, or, in the case of hedged positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the U.S. or abroad. As a result, a Portfolio’s investments in foreign currency denominated securities may reduce the returns of the Portfolio. Additionally, restrictions on currency trading that are imposed by foreign countries may have an adverse affect on the value of the securities of companies that trade or operate in those countries.

Derivatives Risk. Derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Examples include futures contracts, purchasing and/or writing (selling) put and call options, and interest rate and other types of swaps. A Portfolio typically uses derivatives as a substitute for taking a position in the underlying asset and/or as part of a strategy designed to reduce exposure to other risks, such as interest rate or currency risk. A Portfolio may also use derivatives for leverage.

A Portfolio’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other more traditional investments. A description of various risks associated with particular derivative instruments is included in “Investment Objectives and Policies” section of the Statement of Additional Information. The following provides a more general discussion of important risk factors relating to all derivative instruments that may be used by the Portfolios.

Management Risk. Derivative products are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques and risk analyses different from those associated with stocks and bonds. The use of a derivative requires an understanding not only of the underlying instrument but also of the derivative itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the derivative under all possible market conditions.

Credit Risk. The use of a derivative instrument involves the risk that a loss may be sustained as a result of the failure of another party to the contract (usually referred to as a “counterparty”) to make required payments or otherwise comply with the contract’s terms. Additionally, credit default swaps could result in losses if a Portfolio does not correctly evaluate the creditworthiness of the company on which the credit default swap is based.

Liquidity Risk. Liquidity risk exists when a particular derivative instrument is difficult to purchase or sell. If a derivative transaction is particularly large or if the relevant market is illiquid (as is the case with many privately negotiated derivatives), it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price.

Leverage Risk. Because many derivatives have a leverage component, adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying asset, reference rate or index can result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the derivative itself. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment. When a Portfolio uses derivatives for leverage, investments in that Portfolio will tend to be more volatile, resulting in larger gains or losses in response to market changes. To limit leverage risk, each Portfolio will

 

23


Table of Contents

segregate, or “earmark” on its records, assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors (or, as permitted by applicable regulation, enter into certain offsetting positions) to cover its obligation sounder derivative instruments.

Lack of Availability. Because the markets for certain derivative instruments (including markets located in foreign countries) are relatively new and still developing, suitable derivatives transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. There is no assurance that a Portfolio will engage in derivatives transactions at any time or from time to time. A Portfolio’s ability to use derivatives may also be limited by certain regulatory and tax considerations.

Market and Other Risks. Like most other investments, derivative instruments are subject to the risk that the market value of the instrument will change in a way detrimental to a Portfolio’s interest. If the Adviser or Sub-Adviser incorrectly forecasts the values of securities, currencies or interest rates of other economic factors in using derivatives for a Portfolio, the Portfolio might have been in a better position if it had not entered into the transaction at all. While some strategies involving derivative instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other Portfolio investments. A Portfolio may also have to buy or sell a security at a disadvantageous time or price because the Portfolio is legally required to maintain offsetting positions or asset coverage in connection with certain derivatives transactions.

Other risks in using derivatives include the risk of mispricing or improper valuation of derivatives and the inability of derivatives to correlate with underlying assets, rates and indexes. Many derivatives, in particular privately negotiated derivatives, are complex and often valued subjectively. Improper valuations can result in increased cash payment requirements to counterparties or a loss of value to a Portfolio. Also, the value of derivatives may not correlate perfectly, or at all, with the value of the assets, reference rates or indexes they are designed to closely track. In addition, a Portfolio’s use of derivatives may cause the Portfolio to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains (generally taxed at ordinary income tax rates) than if the Portfolio had not used such instruments.

More About Securities, Investment Strategies and Techniques

This section provides additional information about some of the principal investments and strategies of the Portfolios described under the “PORTFOLIO SUMMARIES” section, above. It also describes characteristics of additional securities and investment techniques that may be used by the Portfolios from time to time. Most of these securities and investment techniques are discretionary, which means that the Adviser and Sub-Adviser can decide whether to use them or not. This Prospectus does not attempt to disclosure all of the various types of securities and investment techniques that may be used by the Portfolios. The Statement of Additional Information contains more detailed information about the securities and investment techniques described in this section and about other strategies and techniques that may be used by the Portfolios.

Non-Fundamental Policy. Certain Portfolios have an investment strategy to invest at least 80% of net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes in one or more particular types of security suggested by its name (See the “PORTFOLIO SUMMARIES” section of this Prospectus). Each such Portfolio will provide notice to its shareholders at least 60 days prior to any change to this investment policy. In addition, the investment objectives of each of the Portfolios may be changed by the Board of Directors without shareholder approval. Unless otherwise stated, all investment policies of the Portfolios may be changed by the Board of Directors without shareholder approval.

Equity Securities. The equity portion of each Equity Portfolio may include common stocks and (other than the Index 600 Stock Portfolio), preferred stocks, rights, warrants, and securities convertible into common or preferred stocks. To a lesser degree, each of the Fixed Income Portfolios may invest in common and preferred stocks and warrants.

Fixed Income Securities. Each of the Fixed Income Portfolios may invest in all types of debt investments, including:

 

   

corporate debt securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including convertible securities;

 

   

U.S. Government securities including securities issued by agencies and government sponsored enterprises;

 

   

obligations of international agencies or supernational entities;

 

24


Table of Contents
   

pass-through securities (including mortgage- and asset-backed securities);

 

   

loan participations and assignments, and dollar roll transactions;

 

   

indexed/structured securities (including hybrid securities, event linked bonds and trust certificates, and loan participations);

 

   

inflation-indexed bonds issued by both governments and corporations

 

   

delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities;

 

   

debt securities issued by states or local governments and their agencies, authorities, subdivisions and other government sponsored enterprises;

 

   

obligations of non-U.S. governments or their subdivisions, agencies and government sponsored entities;

 

   

money market instruments, such as commercial paper, time deposits, bank certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements;

 

   

derivative instruments, such as options, futures, forwards, swap agreements and other types of derivatives and exchange traded funds individually or in combination for hedging purposes (including to gain exposure to the securities markets pending investment of cash balances or to meet liquidity needs) or for non-hedging purposes such as seeking to enhance return;

 

   

zero coupon, pay-in-kind, step, strip, or tender option bonds; and

 

   

Rule 144A securities.

To a lesser degree, each Equity Portfolio may invest in debt securities consistent with the Portfolio’s investment objective and strategy.

Duration. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a fixed income security that is used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates. The longer a security’s duration, the more sensitive it will be to changes in interest rates. Similarly, a Portfolio with a longer average portfolio duration will be more sensitive to changes in interest rates than a Portfolio with a shorter average portfolio duration. By way of example, the price of a bond fund with an average duration of five years would be expected to fall approximately 5% if interest rates rose by one percentage point.

ADRs. The Portfolios may invest in American Depositary Receipts and American Depositary Shares (collectively, ADRs). ADRs are receipts representing shares of a foreign corporation held by a U.S. bank that entitle the holder to all dividends and capital gains on the underlying foreign shares. ADRs are typically denominated in U.S. dollars and trade in the U.S. securities markets. [ADRs are not considered foreign securities for purposes of limitations stated herein regarding Foreign Securities except as specifically noted.

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities. Each Portfolio may invest in mortgage- and asset-backed securities. Mortgage-related securities include mortgage pass-through securities, collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), commercial mortgage-backed securities, mortgage dollar rolls, CMO residuals stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBSs”) and other securities that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property.

The value of some mortgage- or asset-backed securities may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates. Early repayment of principal on some mortgage-related securities may exposure a Portfolio to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal. When interest rates rise, the value of a mortgage-related security generally will decline; however, when interest rates are declining, the value of mortgage-related securities with prepayment features may not increase as much as other fixed income securities. The rate of prepayments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-related security, and may shorten or extend the effective maturity of the security beyond what was anticipated at the time of purchase. If unanticipated rates of prepayment on underlying mortgages increase the effective maturity of a mortgage-related security, the volatility of the security can be expected to increase. The value of these securities may fluctuate in response to the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers. Additionally, although mortgages and mortgage-related securities are generally supported by some form of government or private guarantee and/or insurance, there is no assurance that private guarantors or insurers will meet their obligations.

One type of SMBS has one class receiving all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest-only, or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only, or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payment (including prepayments) on the underlying

 

25


Table of Contents

mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on a Portfolio’s yield to maturity from these securities. The Portfolios may invest no more than 5% of their total assets in any combination of mortgage-related or other asset-backed IO, PO, or inverse floater securities.

Each Portfolio may invest in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which includes collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized long obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust which is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. The Portfolios may invest in other asset-backed securities that have been offered to investors.

Loan Participations and Assignments. The Portfolios may invest in fixed- and floating-rate loans, which investments generally will be in the form of loan participations and assignments of portions of such loans. Participations and assignments involve special types of risk, including credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and the risks of being a lender. If a Portfolio purchases a participation, it may only be able to enforce its rights through the lender, and may assume the credit risk of the lender in addition to the borrower.

Variable and Floating Rate Securities. Variable and floating rate securities provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on the obligations. Each Portfolio may invest in floating rate debt instruments (“floaters”) and engage in credit spread trades. While floaters provide a certain degree of protection against rises in interest rates, a Portfolio will participate in any declines interest rates as well. Each Portfolio may also invest in inverse floating rate debt instruments (“inverse floaters”). An inverse floater may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate obligation of similar credit quality. Each Portfolio may invest no more than 5% of its total assets in any combination of mortgage-related or other asset-backed IO, PO, or inverse floater securities.

Inflation Indexed Bonds. Inflation-indexed bonds are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. If the index measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds. For bonds that do not provide a similar guarantee, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal. The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. If nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates may rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds. Short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.

Emerging Market Securities. The Portfolios may invest in securities of issuers based in countries with developing (or “emerging market”) economies. A security is economically tied to an emerging market country if it is principally traded on the country’s securities markets, or the issuer is organized or principally operates in the country, derives a majority of its income from its operations within the country, or has a majority of its assets in the country. The Adviser or Sub-Adviser has broad discretion to identify and invest in countries that it considers to qualify as emerging securities markets. However, an emerging securities market is generally considered to be one located in any country that is defined as an emerging or developing economy by the World Bank or its related organizations, or the United Nations or its authorities. In making investments in emerging market securities, the Portfolios emphasize those countries with relatively low gross national product per capita and with the potential for rapid economic growth. The Adviser will select the country and currency composition based on its evaluation of relative interest rates, inflation rates, exchange rates, monetary and fiscal policies, trade and current account balances, and any other specific factors it believes to be relevant.

Derivatives. Each Portfolio may, but it is not required to, use derivative instruments for risk management purposes or as part of its investment strategies. Generally, derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index, and may relate to stocks, bonds, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities, and related indexes. Examples of derivative instruments include options contracts, futures contracts, options on futures contracts and swap agreements (including, but not limited to, credit default swaps). Each Portfolio may invest all of its assets in derivative instruments, subject to the

 

26


Table of Contents

Portfolio’s objective and policies. A portfolio manager may decide not to employ any of these strategies and there is no assurance that any derivatives strategy used by a Portfolio will succeed. A description of these and other derivative instruments that the Portfolios may use are described under “INVESTMENT POLICIES – Derivative Securities” in the Statement of Additional Information.

Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities. The Portfolios may also enter into, or acquire participations in, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities, in which a lender agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term. The commitments may have the effect of requiring a Portfolio to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not otherwise decide to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid). To the extent that a Portfolio is committed to advance additional funds, it will segregate or “earmark’ assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors in an amount sufficient to meet such commitments. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are subject to credit, interest rate and liquidity risk and the risks of being a lender.

When-Issued, Delayed Delivery and Forward Commitment Transactions. Each Portfolio may purchase securities which it is eligible to purchase on a when-issued basis, may purchase and sell such for delayed delivery and make contracts to purchase such securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond normal settlement time (forward commitments). When-issued transactions, delayed delivery purchases and forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the securities declines prior to the settlement date. This risk is in addition to the risk that the Portfolio’s other assets will decline in value. Therefore, theses transaction may result in a form of leverage and increase a Portfolio’s overall investment exposure. Typically, no income accrues on securities a Portfolio has committed to purchase prior to the time delivery of the securities is made, although a Portfolio may earn income on securities it has segregated or “earmarked” to cover these positions.

Short Sales. Each Portfolio may make short sales as part of its overall portfolio management strategies or to offset a potential decline in value of a security. A short sale involves the sale of a security that is borrowed from a broker or other institution to complete the sale. Short sales expose a Portfolio to the risk that it will be required to acquire, convert or exchange securities to replace the borrowed securities (also know as “covering” the short position) at a time when the securities sold short have appreciated in value, thus resulting in a loss to the Portfolio. A Portfolio making a short sale must segregate or “earmark” assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors or otherwise cover its position in a permissible manner.

Repurchase Agreements. Each Portfolio may enter into repurchase agreements, in which the Portfolio purchases a security from a bank or broker-dealer and agrees to repurchase the security at the Portfolio’s cost plus interest within a specified time. If the party agreeing to repurchase should default, the Portfolio will seek to sell the securities which it holds. This could involve procedural costs or delays in addition to a loss on the securities if their value should fall below their repurchase price. Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are considered illiquid securities.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements, Dollar Rolls and Other Borrowings. Each Portfolio may enter into reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, subject to the Portfolio’s limitations on borrowings. A reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll involves the sale of a security by a Portfolio and its agreement to repurchase the instrument at a specified time and price, and may be considered a form of borrowing for some purposes. A Portfolio will segregate or “earmark” assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser to cover its obligations under reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, and other borrowings. Reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and other forms of borrowings may create leveraging risk for a Portfolio.

Cash Reserves. A certain portion of a Portfolio’s assets may be held in cash or money market reserves. Short-term, high-quality U.S. and foreign dollar-denominated money market securities, including repurchase agreements, may be held by any Portfolio.

Temporary Defensive Investments. In times of unstable or adverse market or economic conditions, up to 100% of a Portfolio’s assets may be invested in temporary defensive instruments in an effort to enhance liquidity or preserve capital. Temporary defensive investments generally include cash, cash equivalents such as commercial paper, money market instruments, short-term debt securities, U.S. government securities or repurchase agreements. A Portfolio could also hold these types of securities pending the investment of proceeds from the sale of Portfolio

 

27


Table of Contents

shares or Portfolio securities or to meet anticipated redemptions of Portfolio shares. A Portfolio may invest in temporary defensive investments for undetermined periods of time, depending on market or economic conditions. To the extent a Portfolio invests defensively in these securities, it might not achieve its investment objective.

Government Agency Security. Securities issued by U.S. Government agencies or government-sponsored enterprises may not be guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. GNMA, a wholly owned U.S. Government corporation, is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. Government-related guarantors (i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government) include the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLCMC”). Pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but its participation certificates are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

Illiquid Investments. Each Portfolio may invest up to 15% of net assets in illiquid investments. An illiquid investment is a security or other position that cannot be disposed of quickly in the normal course of business. For example, some securities are not registered under U.S. securities laws and cannot be sold in a U.S. public offering because of SEC regulations (these are known as “restricted securities”). Under procedures adopted by the Fund’s board of directors, certain restricted securities may be deemed liquid, and will not be counted toward this 15% limit.

Securities of Other Investment Companies. The Portfolios may acquire securities of other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, subject to the limitations of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Portfolio would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory expenses. These expenses would be in addition to the management fee that each Portfolio bears directly in connection with its own operations.

Each Portfolio may invest in exchange traded funds (ETFs), such as Standard & Poor’s Depositary Receipts (SPDRs), with the same percentage limitations as investments in registered investment companies. ETFs are a type of fund bought and sold on a securities exchange. An ETF trades like common stock and usually represents a fixed portfolio of securities designed to track the performance and dividend yield of a particular domestic or foreign market index. A Portfolio may purchase an ETF to temporarily gain exposure to a portion of the U.S. or foreign market while awaiting the purchase of underlying securities.

Portfolio Turnover. The length of time a Portfolio has held a particular security is not generally a consideration in investment decisions. A change in the securities held by a Portfolio is known as “portfolio turnover.” Each Portfolio may engage in frequent and active trading of portfolio securities to achieve its investment objective, particularly during periods of volatile market movements. High portfolio turnover (e.g., over 100%) involves correspondingly greater expenses to a Portfolio, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. The trading costs associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance.

Market Capitalizations. The average market capitalization of a particular index, the companies that compose the index and the individual sizes of those companies may change over time. For the Portfolios that pursue an investment strategy that involves investments in companies within a range of market capitalizations or in companies the capitalizations of which do not exceed the maximum capitalization of a particular index, market capitalization is generally based on a company’s market capitalization at the time of the Portfolio’s investment. Companies whose capitalization no longer meets the market capitalization as defined by a Portfolio’s strategy after the Portfolio’s investment, are considered to continue to meet the definition for purposes of any maximum percentage limitation applicable to the Portfolio’s investments that is defined in terms of capitalization.

Maximum Purchase Amounts. Except for a Portfolio’s policies with respect to investments in illiquid securities and borrowing, the asset and security percentage limitations included in these policies and elsewhere in this Prospectus and the SAI apply at the time of purchase of a security and, unless otherwise stated, asset percentage limitations apply to the Portfolio’s net (not total) assets. Maximum percentage limitations shall not be considered violated unless an excess over the percentage occurs immediately after, and is caused by, an acquisition of securities or assets of, or borrowings by, a Portfolio.

 

28


Table of Contents

Other Investments and Techniques. The Portfolios may invest in other types of securities and use a variety of investment techniques and strategies which are not described in this prospectus. These securities and techniques may subject the Portfolios to additional risks. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the securities and investment techniques described in this prospectus and about additional securities and techniques that may be used by the Portfolios.

Information on Standard & Poor’s. “Standard & Poor’s®”, “S&P®”, “S&P 600®” and “Standard & Poor’s 600” are trademarks of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and have been licensed for use by Northwestern Mutual. Neither the Fund nor any Portfolio is sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor’s and Standard & Poor’s makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund or a Portfolio.

Securities Lending. The Portfolios are prohibited from engaging in securities lending.

THE INVESTMENT ADVISER AND SUB-ADVISERS

The Investment Adviser

The investment adviser for each Portfolio is Mason Street Advisors, LLC, a wholly-owned company of Northwestern Mutual. MSA’s address is 720 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. MSA provides its extensive institutional and fixed income expertise to Northwestern Mutual and its affiliate corporations, its foundations and its retirement funds, as well as to mutual funds through sub-advisory arrangements. As of December 31, 2006, MSA had over $73 billion in assets under management. As investment adviser, MSA manages the operations of the Fund and provides investment advice and recommendations regarding the purchase and sale of securities for those Portfolios that do not employ a Sub-Adviser.

The Sub-Advisers

Each of the following Sub-Advisers has been retained by MSA pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement to provide investment advice and, in general, to conduct the management investment program of one or more Portfolios, subject to the general control of the Board of Directors of the Fund and MSA:

American Century Investment Management, Inc., 4500 Main Street, Kansas City, Missouri 64111, has been managing mutual funds since 1958. American Century Investments serves as Sub-Adviser for the American Century Large Company Value Portfolio and the American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio.

Capital Guardian Trust Company, 333 South Hope Street, 55th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Capital Group International, Inc. which itself is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Capital Group Companies, Inc. CGTC has been providing investment management services since 1968. CGTC serves as Sub-Adviser for the Capital Guardian Large Cap Blend Portfolio of the Fund.

Massachusetts Financial Services Company, 500 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02101, serves as Sub-Adviser for the MFS Emerging Markets Portfolio and the MFS Research International Large Cap Core Portfolio of the Fund. MFS is America’s oldest mutual fund organization. MFS and its predecessor organizations have a history of money management dating from 1924 and the founding of the first mutual fund, Massachusetts Investors Trust.

Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, 840 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660, serves as Sub-Adviser for the PIMCO Multi-Sector Bond Portfolio and the PIMCO Long-Term U.S. Government Bond Portfolio of the Fund. Organized in 1971, PIMCO provides investment management and advisory services to private accounts of institutional and individual clients and to mutual funds. PIMCO is a majority-owned subsidiary of Allianz Global Investors of America L.P. Allianz SE is the indirect majority owner of Allianz Global Investors of America L.P. Allianz SE is a European-based, multinational insurance and financial services holding company.

Portfolio Managers

Listed below are the portfolio managers that have responsibility for the day-to-day management of each Portfolio and a brief biographical description of each portfolio manager. The SAI provides additional information about the

 

29


Table of Contents

portfolio managers’ investments in the Portfolio or Portfolios that they manage, a description of their compensation structure and information regarding other accounts that they manage.

American Century Large Company Value Portfolio

American Century uses teams of portfolio managers and analysts to manage funds. These teams are organized by broad investment categories. The individuals listed below are the lead portfolio managers for the Portfolio. As such, they are ultimately responsible for security selection and portfolio construction, as well as compliance with stated investment objectives. Other members of the investment team provide research and analytical support, but generally do not make day-to-day investment decisions for the Portfolio.

Charles A. Ritter, Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager, is a member of the team that manages the American Century Large Company Value Portfolio. He joined American Century in December 1998. Before joining American Century, he spent 15 years with Federated Investors, most recently serving as a vice president and portfolio manager for the company. He has a B.A. in mathematics and a master’s degree in economics from Carnegie Mellon University. He also has an MBA from the University of Chicago. He is a CFA charterholder.

Brendan Healy, Vice President and Portfolio Manager, is a member of the team that manages the American Century Large Company Value Portfolio. He joined American Century in 2000 as an investment analyst. He became a portfolio manager in February 2004. He has a B.A. in mechanical engineering from the University of Arizona and an MBA from the University of Texas—Austin. He is a CFA charterholder.

Capital Guardian Large Cap Blend Portfolio

Capital Guardian Trust Company (“CGTC”) uses a multiple portfolio manager system in managing the fund’s assets. Under this approach, the portfolio is divided into segments managed by individual managers. Each manager’s role is to decide how their respective segment will be invested by selecting securities within the limits provided by the Portfolio’s objectives and policies. CGTC’s investment committee oversees this process. In addition, CGTC’s investment analysts also may make investment decisions with respect to a portion of a Portfolio’s assets. Certain portfolio managers may also have investment analyst responsibilities with respect to specific research coverage.

Terry Berkmeier, Senior Vice President, CGTC, has been employed by CGTC or an affiliate for 15 years and has served as a portfolio manager selecting equity securities during the past five years.

Michael R. Ericksen, Director and Senior Vice President, CGTC, has been employed by CGTC or an affiliate for 20 years and has served as a portfolio manager selecting equity securities during the past five years.

David I. Fisher, Chairman of the Board, CGTC, has been employed by CGTC or an affiliate for 37 years and has served as a portfolio manager selecting equity securities during the past five years.

Karen A. Miller, Director and Senior Vice President, CGTC, has been employed by CGTC or an affiliate for 16 years and has served as a portfolio manager selecting equity securities during the past five years.

Theodore R. Samuels, Director and Senior Vice President, CGTC, has been employed by CGTC or an affiliate for 25 years and has served as a portfolio manager selecting equity securities during the past five years.

Eugene P. Stein, Vice Chairman, CGTC, has been employed by CGTC or an affiliate for 34 years and has served as a portfolio manager selecting equity securities during the past five years.

Alan J. Wilson, Director and Senior Vice President, CGTC, has been employed by CGTC or an affiliate for 16 years and has served as a portfolio manager selecting equity securities during the past five years.

Index 600 Stock Portfolio

Patricia L. Van Kampen. Ms. Van Kampen is a Chartered Financial Analyst, and is Managing Director of MSA. She joined Northwestern Mutual in 1974. She holds a B.A. degree from St Norbert College and an M.B.A. from

 

30


Table of Contents

Marquette University. Ms. Van Kampen is responsible for all common stock investments of Northwestern Mutual and also acts a portfolio manager for the Index 400 Stock and the Index 500 Stock Portfolios.

MFS Research International Large Cap Core Portfolio

Jose Luis Garcia, Vice President of Massachusetts Financial Services Company, has been employed in the investment management area of Massachusetts Financial Services Company since 2002. He served as Chief Executive Officer of Telefonica B2B in Mexico City from 2000 to 2002.

Thomas Melendez, Vice President of Massachusetts Financial Services Company, has been employed in the investment management area of Massachusetts Financial Services Company since 2002. He served as an Emerging Market Product Specialist for Schroders Investment Management North America from 1999 to 2002.

MFS Emerging Markets Portfolio

Nicholas D. Smithie, Vice President of Massachusetts Financial Services Company, has been employed in the investment management area of Massachusetts Financial Services Company since 1998.

Short Term Bond Portfolio

R. David Ells, Chartered Financial Analyst, has primary responsibility for the management of the Short Term Bond Portfolio. Mr. Ells is a Director of MSA and joined Northwestern Mutual in 2004. Prior to this, he was Senior Vice President of Deerfield Capital Management, LLC from 2003-2004, and Senior Vice President of Enterprise Advisors/Imagine Reinsurance prior thereto. He holds a B.A. in Economics from Trinity College in Hartford, Connecticut. He also acts as one of the two lead portfolio managers for the Asset Allocation Portfolio and the Balanced Portfolio and has primary responsibility for the management of the investment grade bond portion of each such Portfolio. Mr. Ells also has primary responsibility for the management of the Select Bond Portfolio and also manages various fixed income portfolios for Northwestern Mutual.

PIMCO Long-Term U.S. Government Bond Portfolio

James M. Keller, Managing Director of PIMCO, is the portfolio manager of the PIMCO Long-Term U.S. Government Bond Portfolio. Mr. Keller joined PIMCO as a Credit Analyst in 1996, previously having been associated with Merrill Lynch, Inc., and has been a member of the Chicago Board of Trade and the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. Mr. Keller has 18 years of investment experience and is responsible for PIMCO’s Government/Derivatives desk, specializing in Long Duration Fixed Income portfolios. Mr. Keller holds a bachelor’s degree from the University of Illinois and an MBA from the University of Chicago Graduate Business School.

American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio

American Century uses teams of portfolio managers and analysts to manage funds. These teams are organized by broad investment categories. The individuals listed below are the lead portfolio managers for the Portfolio. As such, they are ultimately responsible for security selection and portfolio construction, as well as compliance with stated investment objectives. Other members of the investment team provide research and analytical support, but generally do not make day-to-day investment decisions for the Portfolio.

Jeremy Fletcher, Vice President and Portfolio Manager, is a member of the team that manages the American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio. He joined American Century in October 1991 and became a portfolio manager in August 1997. He has a B.A. in economics and mathematics from Claremont McKenna College. He is a CFA charterholder.

Robert V. Gahagan, Senior Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager, is a member of the team that manages the American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio. He joined American Century in 1983 and became a portfolio manager in January 1991. He has a B.A. in economics and an MBA from the University of Missouri - Kansas City.

 

31


Table of Contents

Alejandro H. Aguilar, Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager, is a member of the team that manages the American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio. He joined American Century in October 2003. Prior to joining American Century, he was an Investment Officer with CalPERS from July 2002 to September 2003 and Director of Portfolio Management at TIAA-CREF from May 1997 to April 2002. He has a bachelor’s degree in economics from the University of California – Berkeley and an MBA from the University of Michigan. He is a CFA charterholder.

Dan Shiffman, Vice President and Portfolio Manager, is a member of the team that manages the American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio. He joined American Century in May 2004 as a senior structured securities analyst. He became a portfolio manager in February 2006. Prior to joining American Century, he was an investment officer at CalPERS from August 1996 to April 2004. He has a bachelor’s degree from the University of California-Berkeley and an MBA from Thunderbird, The Garvin School of International Management. He is a CFA charterholder.

PIMCO Multi-Sector Bond Portfolio

Curtis A. Mewbourne, Executive Vice President of PIMCO, is the portfolio manager for the PIMCO Multi-Sector Bond Portfolio. Mr. Mewbourne is Co-Head of PIMCO’s Emerging Markets portfolio management team. He has over 14 years of trading experience in Credit Markets. He began his career in finance at Lehman Brothers in 1992 as a market maker for Emerging Market debt. Prior to joining PIMCO in 1999, Mr. Mewbourne ran Salomon Brothers Emerging Market trading desk in London. Mr. Mewbourne holds an engineering degree in Computer Science from the University of Pennsylvania.

Advisory Fees

The Portfolios did not commence operations during the Fund’s last fiscal year and, therefore, the Portfolios did not pay advisory fees during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.

The Fund’s board of directors considers the renewal of each advisory and sub-advisory agreement, including fees, at least annually. A discussion regarding the basis for approval by the Fund’s Board of Directors of each advisory and sub-advisory agreement approved during the reporting period will appear in the Fund’s annual and/or semi-annual shareholder reports.

Each Portfolio pays a monthly fee for investment advisory services at an annual rate based on the aggregate average daily net and values of the Portfolios, as set forth below. The rate for the investment advisory fee is graded by the asset size as fee portfolio according to the following schedules:

Advisory Fees:

 

Portfolio

   First
$200 Million
    Excess Over
$200 Million
 

Index 600 Stock Portfolio

   0.25 %   0.20 %

 

Portfolio

   First
$100 Million
    Next
$150 Million
    Excess Over
$250 Million
 

American Century Large Company Value Portfolio

   0.72 %   0.67 %   0.62 %

American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio

   0.58 %   0.55 %   0.49 %

Short Term Bond Portfolio

   0.35 %   0.33 %   0.30 %

PIMCO Long-Term U.S. Government Bond Portfolio

   0.555 %   0.515 %   0.495 %

PIMCO Multi-Sector Bond Portfolio

   0.79 %   0.78 %   0.77 %

 

Portfolio

   First
$150 Million
    Next
$150 Million
    Next
$200 Million
    Excess Over
$500 Million
 

Capital Guardian Large Cap Blend Portfolio

   0.77 %   0.70 %   0.62 %   0.56 %

MFS Research International Large Cap Core Portfolio

   0.88 %   0.82 %   0.75 %   0.68 %

 

32


Table of Contents

Portfolio

  

First

$250 Million

 

Next

$250 Million

 

Next

$500 Million

 

Excess Over

1.0 Billion

MFS Emerging Markets Portfolio

   1.14%   1.08%   0.96%   0.78%

Sub-Advisory Fees:

Of the amounts received by MSA from each Portfolio, MSA shall pay the Sub-Advisers as follows:

 

Portfolio

  

First

$100 Million

   

Next

$150 Million

   

Excess Over

$250 Million

 

American Century Large Company Value Portfolio

   0.47 %   0.42 %   0.38 %

American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio

   0.32 %   0.30 %   0.25 %

PIMCO Long-Term U.S. Government Bond Portfolio

   0.225 %   0.225 %   0.225 %

PIMCO Multi-Sector Bond Portfolio

   0.45 %   0.45 %   0.45 %

 

Portfolio

   First
$150 Million
    Next
$150 Million
    Next
$200 Million
    Excess Over
$500 Million
 

Capital Guardian Large Cap Blend Portfolio

   0.46 %   0.40 %   0.35 %   0.30 %

 

Portfolio

   First
$250 Million
    Next
$250 Million
    Next
$500 Million
    Excess Over
1.0 Billion
 

MFS Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio

   0.80 %   0.75 %   0.65 %   0.50 %

MFS Research International Large Cap Core Portfolio

   0.55 %   0.50 %   0.45 %   0.40 %

Manager of Managers Structure

The Fund and MSA have received an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission that permits the Fund to employ a “manager of managers” structure. Under this structure, MSA, with the approval of the Board may hire, terminate or replace unaffiliated sub-advisers without shareholder approval, including, without limitation, the replacement or reinstatement of any unaffiliated sub-advisers with respect to which a sub-advisory agreement has automatically terminated as a result of an assignment. Under the manager of managers structure, MSA will have the ultimate responsibility to oversee sub-advisers and recommend their hiring, termination and replacement to the Board.

The exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission contains a number of conditions that must be satisfied before the Fund or MSA can begin to rely on the order. MSA anticipates that it will satisfy these conditions no later than May 1, 2008 and expects to rely on the order as soon as all of the conditions are satisfied. Until MSA has satisfied the conditions of the exemptive order, shareholders will continue to be entitled to vote on the hiring, replacement or reinstatement of any unaffiliated sub-adviser to the Portfolios.

After MSA and the Fund are eligible to rely on the exemptive order, shareholders will be notified in the event the Fund hires or replaces an unaffiliated sub-adviser. The order also permits the Fund to disclose to shareholders the aggregate fees paid to the sub-adviser(s) by each Portfolio. The manager of managers’ structure does not alter the right of shareholders of a Portfolio to terminate a sub-advisory agreement with an unaffiliated sub-adviser at any time by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

Legal Proceedings

Each of the Sub-Advisers and/or their affiliates, are subject to certain legal and regulatory proceedings. Information regarding these proceedings is described in the Fund’s SAI. None of these matters relate to the Fund, any of the Portfolios, MSA, or Northwestern Mutual. In addition, these Sub-Advisers have represented that neither they nor their affiliates are not currently subject to any legal or regulatory proceedings (including proceedings listed in the SAI) that would materially affect its ability to perform services for the Fund or their respective Portfolios, or otherwise materially affect the Fund or Portfolios.

 

33


Table of Contents

ABOUT YOUR INVESTMENT

How Shares Are Priced

Shares of capital stock of each Portfolio of the Fund are offered and redeemed at their net asset value (“NAV”) as next determined following receipt of a purchase order or tender for redemption without the addition of any selling commission or “sales load” or any redemption charge. The redemption price may be more or less than the shareholder’s cost. A Portfolio’s NAV is determined as of the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange on each day on which the Exchange is open for trading.

Equity securities listed on a stock exchange are generally valued at the closing sale price or, if no sale took place, the closing bid price. Equity securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at their fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures adopted by the Directors. The fair value procedure is used if (a) a significant event that is likely to have affected the value of those securities takes place after the time of the most recent market quotations or (b) the market quotations for other reasons do not reflect information material to the value of those securities.

Stock index futures contracts and interest rate futures contracts are valued at the closing settlement price on the commodities exchange.

Debt securities with maturities generally exceeding one year are valued on the basis of valuations furnished by Interactive Data Corporation. Money market instruments with maturities exceeding sixty days but generally not exceeding one year are valued by marking to market. Debt securities with remaining maturities of sixty days or less are valued on an amortized cost basis or, if the current market value differs substantially from the amortized cost, by marking to market.

Fair Value Pricing

All other assets, including any securities for which market quotations are not readily available, are valued at their fair value as determined in good faith by the Directors. The possibility of fair value pricing means that changes in a Portfolio’s NAV may not always correspond to changes in quoted prices of a Portfolio’s investments.

Many securities markets and exchanges outside the United States close prior to the close of the New York Stock Exchange and therefore the closing prices for securities in such markets or on such exchanges may not fully reflect events that occur after such close but before the close of the New York Stock Exchange. The Fund utilizes fair value pricing procedures which, among other things, require the Fund to fair value certain securities if such subsequent events are considered to have an effect on the value of a Portfolio’s shares that exceeds a specified threshold. Although the threshold may be revised from time to time and the number of days on which fair value prices will be used will depend on market activity, it is possible that fair value prices will be used by the Fund with respect to its foreign investments to a significant extent.

Furthermore, the Fund also uses fair value pricing when current market prices are not readily available, in an effort to reduce the frequency and effect of abusive trading practices in the Fund. Abusive trading practices can occur in the Portfolios that invest in overseas securities markets, as discussed above, and in the Portfolios that invest in small-cap securities and other types of investments which are not frequently traded, including high yield bonds. Although the number of days on which fair value prices will be used will depend on market activity, it is possible that fair value prices will be used by the Fund with respect to small-cap securities and other types of investments which are not frequently traded, including high yield bonds, to a significant extent.

A more detailed discussion of asset valuation methods is included in the SAI.

Taxes And Dividends

Shares of the Portfolios are offered only for funding Annuity Contracts and Life Insurance Policies offered by Northwestern Mutual through separate accounts. Insurance company separate accounts generally do not pay tax on dividends or capital gain distributions. Investors in Annuity Contracts and Life Insurance Policies should refer to

 

34


Table of Contents

the prospectuses for the variable products for a discussion of the tax considerations that affect the insurance company and its separate accounts and the tax consequences to investors in those products.

Each Portfolio is qualified or intends to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code and intends to satisfy the diversification requirements of Section 817(h) of the Code. It is the Fund’s policy to comply with the provisions of the Code regarding distribution of investment income and capital gains so as to relieve each Portfolio from all, or substantially all, Federal taxes. Each Portfolio expects to distribute all or substantially all net investment income and net capital gains, if any, from the sale of investments.

Shareholders of each Portfolio are entitled to receive such dividends from net investment income and distributions of net capital gains as the board of directors of the Fund may declare. Dividends from net investment income and net capital gains will be declared annually for each of the Portfolios.

Net investment income of each Portfolio will be determined at the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) on each day during which the Exchange is open for trading. Net investment income of each Portfolio consists of:

1. all dividends, interest income and discount earned by the Portfolio (including original issue and market discount);

2. net short-term capital gain; less

3. all expenses of the Portfolio.

INVESTING IN THE PORTFOLIOS

Buying and Selling Shares

Shares of the Portfolios may be purchased and redeemed by Northwestern Mutual for its separate accounts of Annuity Contracts and Life Insurance Policies. Variable product owners, who own interests in the separate accounts, may not directly purchase and redeem shares of the Portfolios. Terms governing the purchase and sale of a variable product owner’s interest in a separate account are included in the variable product prospectus.

Short Term and Excessive Trading

Short term and excessive trading (sometimes referred to as “market timing”) may present risks to a Portfolio’s long-term investors because it can, among other things, disrupt Portfolio investment strategies, increase Portfolio transaction and administrative costs, require higher than normal levels of cash reserves to fund unusually large or unexpected redemptions, and adversely affect investment performance. These risks may be greater for Portfolios that invest in securities that may be more vulnerable to arbitrage trading including foreign securities and thinly traded securities, such as small cap stocks and non-investment grade bonds. These types of trading activities also may dilute the value of long-term investors’ interests in a Portfolio if it calculates its net asset value using closing prices that are no longer accurate. Accordingly, we discourage market timing activities.

To deter short term and excessive trading, the Fund’s Board of Directors has received and reviewed and determined to be reasonable policies and procedures adopted and implemented by Northwestern Mutual, which are designed to control abusive trading practices. Northwestern Mutual seeks to apply these policies and procedures uniformly to all investors, except to the extent it is prevented from doing so under applicable state or federal law or regulation. Any exceptions must be either expressly permitted by its policies and procedures or subject to an approval process described in them. Because exceptions are permitted, it is possible that investors may be treated differently and, as a result, some may be allowed to engage in trading activity that might be viewed as market timing. These policies and procedures are discussed below.

In addition, to minimize harm to the Fund and its investors, the Fund reserves the right to reject without notice any purchase order (including exchanges) from any investor who it believes has a history of abusive trading or whose trading, in its sole judgment, has been or may be disruptive to investors in the Fund. Alternatively, the Fund reserves the right to accept purchases and exchanges in excess of our guidelines if it believes in its sole discretion

 

35


Table of Contents

that such transactions would not be inconsistent with the best interests of investors. In addition, the Fund seeks to deter abusive trading by using fair value pricing as described in the section “How Shares are Priced.”

Among the steps taken by Northwestern Mutual to reduce the frequency and effect of these abusive trading activities, are monitoring trading activity and imposing trading restrictions including the prohibition of more than twelve transfers among Portfolios under a single variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy during a contract or policy year. Further, an investor who is identified as having made a transfer in and out of the same division (“round trip transfer”) in an amount in excess of $10,000 within fourteen calendar days will be restricted from making additional transfers after the third such round trip transfer until the next contract or policy anniversary date, and sent a letter informing him of the restriction. Thereafter, the same investor will be similarly restricted after the second such round trip transfer. An investor who is identified as having made one or more round trip transfers within thirty calendar days aggregating more than one percent (1%) of the total assets of the Portfolio underlying a division will be sent a warning letter after the first such round trip transfer, and will be restricted from making additional transfers until the next contract or policy anniversary date after the second such round trip transfer. Thereafter, the same investor will be similarly restricted after the first such round trip transfer. These limitations do not apply to automatic asset transfers, scheduled or systematic transactions involving portfolio rebalancing, dollar cost averaging, or interest sweeps, or to initial allocations or changes in allocations.

If Northwestern Mutual believes an investor’s trading activity is in violation of, or inconsistent with, its policies and procedures or otherwise is potentially disruptive to the Fund or harmful to its investors’ interests, the investor may be asked to stop such activities and future purchases or exchanges by the investor may be rejected without notice. Because it retains discretion to determine what action is appropriate in a given situation, investors may be treated differently and some may be allowed to engage in activities that might be viewed as market timing.

These policies and procedures may change from time to time as the Fund and Northwestern Mutual determine in their sole discretion without notice; provided, however, investors would be given advance, written notice if the policies and procedures were revised to accommodate market timing.

The Fund’s Board of Directors intends to monitor events and obtain periodic reports from Northwestern Mutual on the effectiveness of its policies and procedures in order to identify whether instances of potentially abusive trading practices are occurring and what action, if any, should be taken in response. However, the Fund may not be able to identify all instances of abusive trading practices, nor completely eliminate the possibility of such activities. For example, the Fund’s ability to monitor trades that are placed through omnibus accounts is limited, because it does not always have access to the underlying individual account information. However, the Fund does monitor aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage investors from engaging in abusive trading practices and to impose restrictions on excessive trades. Nonetheless, there may be technological limitations on the ability of intermediaries to impose restrictions on the trading practices of those who make investments through them.

Mixed Funding

The shares of each Portfolio of the Fund are offered only to Northwestern Mutual and its separate accounts for variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies. Due to differences of tax treatment and other considerations, the interests of contract and policy owners in the Fund may conflict. The Board of Directors of the Fund will monitor events for any material irreconcilable conflicts that may arise and will determine what action, if any, should be taken in response. If a conflict is identified, the Board may require one or more insurance separate accounts to withdraw its investment in the Fund, which may cause the Fund to sell securities at disadvantageous prices and disrupt orderly management of the Portfolio.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI. A list of the ten largest holdings for each Portfolio, and the percentage of Portfolio net assets that each such holding represents as of the most recent calendar-quarter end, is normally posted on the internet at www.nmfn.com. This information will be available on or before the 20th business day following the end of each calendar quarter. In addition, a list of each Portfolio’s full holdings will normally be posted on or before the last day of the month following the end of each calendar quarter. The information may be found in either (1) the life

 

36


Table of Contents

insurance section of the “Insurance Products” page, or (2) the annuities section of the “Investment Products” page, and then selecting “Fund Information” and the specific Portfolio. The holdings information will remain on the website at least until such time as the Portfolio’s complete holdings for the calendar quarter are filed with the SEC. The Fund may from time to time withhold posting to or remove from the website any portion of this information with respect to a Portfolio.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Because the Portfolios are newly offered and had not commenced operations during the Fund’s last fiscal year, financial information for the Portfolios is not available.

 

37


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

[Sample where related performance cited is for similarly managed composite accounts]

[                    ] Portfolio

The [NAME OF PORTFOLIO] has no historical performance to report because it commenced operations on May 1, 2007.

The chart below shows the historical performance of the [NAME OF SIMILARLY MANAGED COMPOSITE]. The composite consists of all of the accounts managed by [NAME OF SUB-ADVISER] that have investment objectives and policies substantially similar to those of the [NAME OF PORTFOLIO]. This information is not intended to imply how the [NAME OF PORTFOLIO] has performed or will perform. Investments made by the Portfolio at any given time may not be the same as those made by the [NAME OF SIMILARLY MANAGED COMPOSITE]. Not all of the accounts in the composite were subject to the investment limitations, diversification requirements and other restrictions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, which, if imposed, could have adversely affected investment performance. The returns shown below do not reflect fees and expenses associated with any Annuity Contract or Life Insurance Policy, and would be lower if they did.

This chart does not show you the performance of the [NAME OF PORTFOLIO] – it shows the performance of similar accounts managed by [NAME OF SUB-ADVISER].

Average annual total returns for the periods ended December 31, 2006

 

Year

 

[NAME OF SIMILARLY

MANAGED COMPOSITE]

 

[NAME OF SIMILARLY

MANAGED COMPOSITE]

adjusted to reflect

expenses of the [NAME OF
PORTFOLIO]

 

[COMPARATIVE INDEX]

1 Year       .    %       .    %       .    %
5 Years       .    %       .    %       .    %
10 Years       .    %       .    %       .    %

The first column (after “Year”) shows performance for the [NAME OF SIMILARLY MANAGED COMPOSITE] based on the total return, gross of management fees. If management fees or other expenses normally paid by mutual funds were deducted, returns would be lower.

The second column shows the gross performance for the [NAME OF SIMILARLY MANAGED COMPOSITE], adjusted to reflect the estimated fees and expenses for the [NAME OF PORTFOLIO] as set forth under the “FEES AND EXPENSES” section of the Prospectus which relates to the [NAME OF PORTFOLIO].

The last column shows the performance of the [NAME OF COMPARATIVE INDEX]. Results include reinvested dividends.

 

38


Table of Contents

[Sample where related performance cited is that of a similarly managed registered fund]

[                    ] Portfolio

The [NAME OF PORTFOLIO] has no historical performance to report because it commenced operations on May 1, 2007.

The chart below shows the historical performance of the [NAME OF SIMILARLY MANAGED REGISTERED FUND]. This fund has investment objectives and policies that are substantially similar to those of the [NAME OF PORTFOLIO] and is managed by the same portfolio manager(s). This information is not intended to imply how the [NAME OF PORTFOLIO] has performed or will perform. Investments made by the Portfolio at any given time may not be the same as those made by the [NAME OF SIMILARLY MANAGED REGISTERED FUND]. Different performance will result due to factors such as differences in cash flows into and out of the Portfolio, different fees and expenses, and differences in portfolio size and positions. The returns shown below do not reflect fees and expenses associated with any Annuity Contract or Life Insurance Policy, and would be lower if they did.

This chart does not show you the performance of the [NAME OF PORTFOLIO] – it shows the performance of a similar fund managed by [NAME OF SUB-ADVISER].

Average annual total returns for the periods ended December 31, 2006

 

Year

 

[NAME OF SIMILARLY
MANAGED REGISTERED FUND]

 

[NAME OF SIMILARLY
MANAGED REGISTERED FUND]
adjusted to reflect estimated expenses
of the [NAME OF PORTFOLIO]

 

[COMPARATIVE INDEX]

1 Year

      .    %       .    %       .    %

5 Years

      .    %       .    %       .    %

10 Years

      .    %       .    %       .    %

The returns in the first column (after “Year”) reflect the advisory fees and expenses for the [NAME OF SIMILARLY MANAGED REGISTERED FUND]. The total return figures have been computed in accordance with the SEC’s standardized formula and reflect advisory fees paid to the [NAME OF SUB-ADVISER] and transaction costs and other expenses. The figures also reflect reinvestment of dividends and/or capital gain distributions, if any.

The second column shows the gross performance for the [NAME OF SIMILARLY MANAGED REGISTERED FUND], adjusted to reflect the estimated fees and expenses for the [NAME OF PORTFOLIO] as set forth under the “FEES AND EXPENSES” section of the Prospectus which relates to the [NAME OF PORTFOLIO].

The last column shows the performance of the [NAME OF COMPARATIVE INDEX]. Results include reinvested dividends.

 

39


Table of Contents

More information about Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. is included in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (SAI), incorporated by reference in this prospectus, which is available free of charge.

To request a free copy of the Fund’s SAI, or current annual or semi-annual report, to request other information about the Fund and to make shareholder inquiries, call us at 1-888-455-2232. In addition, the Fund’s SAI and current annual or semi-annual report, and other information about the Fund, are available free of charge at www.nmfn.com. Information about the Fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in Washington, DC. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-551-942-8090. Reports and other information about the Fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, DC 20549-0102.

Investment Company Act File No. 811-3990

 

40


Table of Contents

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Dated April     , 2007

NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL

SERIES FUND, INC.

Consisting of

EQUITY FUNDS

AMERICAN CENTURY LARGE COMPANY VALUE PORTFOLIO

CAPITAL GUARDIAN LARGE CAP BLEND PORTFOLIO

INDEX 600 STOCK PORTFOLIO

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUNDS

MFS RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO

MFS EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO

FIXED INCOME FUNDS

SHORT TERM BOND PORTFOLIO

PIMCO LONG-TERM U.S. GOVERNMENT BOND PORTFOLIO

AMERICAN CENTURY INFLATION PROTECTION PORTFOLIO

PIMCO MULTI-SECTOR BOND PORTFOLIO

This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus but supplements and should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”), dated April     , 2007. A copy of the Prospectus may be obtained from The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company, 720 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, telephone number (414) 271-1444. This Statement of Additional Information relates to each series Portfolio of the Fund listed above (each a “Portfolio” and together, the “Portfolios”).

The financial statements of the Fund, when available, and the report of the independent registered public accounting firm thereon, when available, will be incorporated by reference into this Statement of Additional Information from the Fund’s Annual Report to Shareholders.

 

B-1


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

      Page

INVESTMENT POLICIES

   B-5

Investment Restrictions

   B-5

Operating Policies

   B-7

Repurchase Agreements

   B-8

Derivative Securities

   B-8

Pass-Through Securities

   B-10

Adjustable Rate Securities (Including Variable Rate Securities)

   B-17

Zero Coupon, Step Coupon And Pay-In-Kind Securities

   B-17

Depositary Receipts

   B-18

Short Sales

   B-19

Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements

   B-19

Financial Futures And Forward Contracts

   B-24

Options on Securities and Foreign Currencies

   B-30

Hybrid Instruments

   B-35

Future Developments

   B-36

Investment Company Securities And Exchange Traded Funds

   B-36

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

   B-37

Preferred Stocks

   B-37

Convertible Securities

   B-37

Warrants

   B-38

High-Yield, High-Risk Bonds

   B-38

Inflation-Indexed Bonds

   B-39

Inverse Floaters

   B-41

 

B-2


Table of Contents

TracersSM/TrainsSM

   B-42

Event-Linked Exposure

   B-42

Variable Rate Securities

   B-43

Loans and Other Direct Debt Instruments

   B-43

Firm Commitment Agreements and “When-Issued” Securities

   B-44

Eurodollar Certificates of Deposit

   B-45

Dollar Roll Transactions

   B-45

Private Placement Transactions and Illiquid Assets

   B-46

Securities Lending

   B-47

Securities on Restricted Lists

   B-47

Risk Factors for Foreign Securities, Foreign Currencies and Foreign Interest Rates

   B-47

Initial Public Offerings

   B-49

Portfolio Turnover

   B-49

U.S. Government and Government Agency Obligations

   B-49

Money Market Instruments

   B-50

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

   B-51

General

   B-51

Codes of Ethics

   B-52

Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreements

   B-52

Compensation of Officers and Directors

   B-52

Directors’ Holdings in the Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.

   B-53

OWNERSHIP OF SHARES OF THE FUND

   B-54

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

   B-55

The Adviser

   B-55

The Sub-Advisers

   B-56

 

B-3


Table of Contents

Custodians

   B-57

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   B-58

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

   B-58

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   B-58

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   B-58

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

   B-58

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   B-60

Disclosure of Publicly Available Holdings Information

   B-60

Disclosure of Non-Public Holdings Information

   B-61

Monitoring Procedures

   B-63

ORGANIZATION AND CAPITAL STOCK

   B-63

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF FUND SHARES

   B-64

TAXES AND DIVIDENDS

   B-65

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   B-66

APPENDIX A - Credit Ratings

   B-67

APPENDIX B - Directors and Officers

   B-77

APPENDIX C - Ownership of Shares of the Fund

   B-84

APPENDIX D - Portfolio Managers

   B-86

APPENDIX E - Legal Proceedings

   B-96

APPENDIX F - Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

   B-99

APPENDIX G - Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Recipients

   B-130

 

B-4


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT POLICIES

The following information supplements the discussion of investment objectives, strategies and risks in the Fund’s Prospectus. A Portfolio’s investment policies that are designated as fundamental policies cannot be changed without the majority approval of shareholders as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”), meaning approval by the lesser of (1) the holders of 67% or more of a Fund’s shares represented at a meeting of shareholders at which the holders of at least 50% of the Fund’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy or (2) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding shares. Each Portfolio’s investment objective and its other policies may be changed without shareholder approval.

Investment Restrictions

Investment restrictions that are expressed as a percentage limitation are not considered violated unless the limitation is exceeded by virtue of an acquisition of securities or assets or borrowings. The calculation of total assets for purposes of applying an investment restriction is determined exclusive of any cash collateral held in connection with securities lending activities.

Fundamental Policies. The following investments are designated as fundamental policies.

 

  1. Industry Concentration. Each Portfolio will not purchase securities if, as a result of such purchase, the Portfolio’s investments would be concentrated, within the meaning of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, in securities of issuers in a particular industry or group of industries. (Note: For purposes of this limitation, the Fund generally relies on industry classifications published by Bloomberg L.P. To the extent the Fund determines the characteristics of companies within a particular Bloomberg classification to be materially different, it may further classify issues in accordance with industry classifications published by the SEC. Investments in other investment companies shall not be considered an investment in any industry or group of industries for purposes of this restriction. This investment restriction shall not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.)

 

  2. Loans. A Portfolio may not make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and pursuant to any exemptive relief granted by the SEC. (Note: This restriction shall not prevent the Portfolios from making loans (a) through the lending their its portfolio securities, (b) through the purchase of debt securities, loan participations and/or engaging in direct corporate loans in accordance with its investment objectives and policies, (c) to the extent the entry into a repurchase agreement is deemed to be a loan, or (d) to affiliated investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, or any exemptions therefrom that may be granted by the SEC.

 

  3.

Securities Underwriting. A Portfolio may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, or pursuant to any exemptive order that

 

B-5


Table of Contents
 

may be granted by the SEC. ( Note: This restriction does not prevent the Portfolio from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition, disposition or resale of Portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Portfolio may be considered an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and does not prevent the Portfolio from selling its own shares.)

 

  4. Real Estate. A Portfolio may not purchase or sell real estate. (Note: This restriction does not prevent the Portfolio from investing in securities issued by companies, including real estate investment trusts, which invest in real estate or interests therein.)

 

  5. Commodities. A Portfolio may not purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments. (Note: This restriction does not prohibit the Portfolio from engaging in transactions involving foreign currency, futures contracts and options, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors, collars, securities purchased on a forward commitment or delayed delivery basis, or other derivative instruments, or other financial instruments that are secured by physical commodities, in accordance with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, or pursuant to any exemptive relief that may be granted by the SEC, so long as such activities do not cause it to violate its operating policy prohibiting the Portfolio from being deemed a commodity pool.).

 

  6. Senior Securities. A Portfolio may not issue securities senior to the presently authorized shares of the Portfolio except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, or pursuant to any exemptive relief that may be granted by the SEC. (Note: This restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolios from engaging in the following activities provided liquid assets are segregated (or margin, collateral or escrow arrangements are established to cover the related obligations) (a) making any permitted borrowings, loans, mortgages or pledges; (b) entering into options, futures contracts, forward contracts, repurchase transactions or reverse repurchase transactions, (c) engaging in when-issued and delayed delivery transactions, or (d) making short sales of securities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, or pursuant to any exemptive relief that may be granted by the SEC. The Portfolios are permitted to borrow from banks in amounts up to 33- 1/3% of its assets.)

 

  7. Borrowing. A Portfolio may not borrow money, except that a Portfolio may borrow money to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, or to the extent permitted by any exemptive relief that may be granted by the SEC. (Note: The Portfolio’s borrowings for leverage and investment are further limited by its operating policies discussed below.)

 

  8.

Diversification. All of the Portfolios, except the Index 600 Stock Portfolio, shall be diversified investment companies as defined under the 1940 Act. The Index 600 Stock Portfolio shall be non-diversified investment companies as defined under the 1940 Act. (Note: The term “non-diversified” means that more than 25%

 

B-6


Table of Contents
 

of a Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in securities (excluding cash, government securities and securities of other investment companies) each of which represents more than 5% of such Portfolio’s total assets or more than 10% of such securities’ outstanding voting securities. Any Portfolio that is non-diversified would still intend to comply with the applicable asset diversification requirements under the Internal Revenue Code discussed in this SAI under “Taxes.”)

Operating Policies

The investment restrictions of the Portfolios set forth in this section are operating policies which may be changed without shareholder approval. When reference is made to compliance with the 1940 Act, compliance with exemptive orders granted by the SEC to the Fund, its affiliates, or other third parties (where the Fund or its affiliates are entitled to rely) shall be deemed compliance with the 1940 Act.

 

  1. Securities of Single Issuer. With respect to 75% of its total assets, a Portfolio, other than the Index 600 Stock Portfolio, may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than the U.S. government, its agencies, instrumentalities or authorities or repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and other investment companies) if (a) such purchase would, at the time, cause more than 5% of the Portfolio’s total assets, taken at market value, to be invested in the securities of such issuer; or (b) such purchase would, at the time, result in more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer being held by the Portfolio.

 

  2. Investment Companies. A Portfolio may not purchase the securities of any other investment company, except in compliance with the 1940 Act.

 

  3. Illiquid Investments. A Portfolio may not purchase illiquid securities if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in such securities.

 

  4. Margin Transactions. A Portfolio may not purchase securities on margin, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. A Portfolio may obtain such short term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions; and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures contracts, or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

 

  5. Borrowing for Leverage and Investment Purposes. A Portfolio may not borrow money for purposes of leverage or investment in excess of 15% of its total assets.

 

  6. Commodities. A Portfolio may purchase and sell commodities and commodity contracts only to the extent that such activities do not result in the Portfolio being a “commodity pool” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

 

B-7


Table of Contents
  7. Repurchase Agreements. A Portfolio may not invest more than 10% of its total assets in repurchase agreements which have maturities of more than seven days, nor invest in any repurchase agreements with maturities of over 30 days or enter into repurchase agreements with The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company (“Northwestern Mutual”).

Repurchase Agreements

Each Portfolio may invest in repurchase agreements subject to the operating policies discussed under “Investment Restrictions.” A repurchase agreement customarily obligates the seller at the time it sells securities to the Portfolio to repurchase the securities at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The total amount received on repurchase would be calculated to exceed the price paid by the Portfolio, reflecting an agreed upon market rate of interest for the period from the time of the repurchase agreement to the settlement date, and would not necessarily be related to the interest rate on the underlying securities. The differences between the total amount to be received upon repurchase of the securities and the price which was paid by the Portfolio upon their acquisition is accrued as interest and is included in the Portfolio’s net income declared as dividends. Each Portfolio intends to limit repurchase agreements to transactions with financial institutions having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000 and with broker-dealers. Securities subject to repurchase agreements shall be limited to obligations of or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or by the Government of Canada or of a Province of Canada or any instrumentality or political subdivision thereof, certificates of deposit of banks or commercial paper which meets the criteria for other commercial paper in which the Portfolio may invest. Commercial paper is a short term promissory note issued by a corporation primarily to finance short term credit needs. A Portfolio will not invest more than 10% of its total assets in repurchase agreements which have maturities of more than seven days and will not invest in repurchase agreements with maturities of over 30 days. Under no circumstances will a Portfolio enter into a repurchase agreement with Northwestern Mutual.

Each Portfolio has the right to sell securities subject to repurchase agreements but would be required to deliver identical securities upon maturity of the repurchase agreement unless the seller fails to pay the repurchase price. It is each Portfolio’s intention not to sell securities subject to repurchase agreements prior to the agreement’s maturity. To the extent that the proceeds from any sale upon a default in the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Portfolio would suffer a loss. The Portfolio might also incur disposition costs in connection with liquidating its collateral and, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller, realization upon the collateral by the Portfolio may be delayed or limited and a loss may be incurred if the collateral securing the repurchase agreement declines in value during the bankruptcy proceedings. To minimize the possibility of losses due to the default or bankruptcy of the seller, prior to entering into any repurchase agreement, the Portfolio shall adopt standards of creditworthiness for the broker-dealers with which the Portfolio intends to enter into repurchase agreements, and will monitor the creditworthiness of such broker-dealers.

Derivative Securities

To the extent permitted by its investment objectives and policies, each Portfolio may invest in derivative securities. Generally, a derivative security is a financial arrangement, the

 

B-8


Table of Contents

value of which is based on, or derived from, a traditional security, asset, or market index. Certain derivative securities are described more accurately as index/structured securities. Index/structured securities are derivative securities whose value or performance is linked to other equity securities (such as depositary receipts), currencies, interest rates, indices or other financial indicators (reference indices).

A structured investment is a security whose value or performance is linked to an underlying index or other security or asset class. Structured investments include asset-backed securities (ABS), asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP), commercial and residential mortgage-backed securities (MBS), collateralized debt obligations (CDO), collateralized loan obligations (CLO), and securities backed by other types of collateral or indices. For example, Standard & Poor’s Depositary Receipts, also known as “SPDRs”, track the price performance and dividend yield of the S&P Index by providing a stake in the stocks that make up that index. Structured investments involve the transfer of specified financial assets to a special purpose entity, generally a corporation or trust, or the deposit of financial assets with a custodian; and the issuance of securities or depositary receipts backed by, or representing interests in those assets.

Some structured investments are individually negotiated agreements or are traded over the counter. Structured investments may be organized and operated to restructure the investment characteristics of the underlying security. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured securities to create securities with different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the extent of such payments made with respect to structured securities is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments. Because structured securities typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments. Structured securities are subject to such risks as the inability or unwillingness of the issuers of the underlying securities to repay principal and interest, and requests by the issuers of the underlying securities to reschedule or restructure outstanding debt and to extend additional loan amounts.

Some derivative securities, such as mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, are in many respects like any other investment, although they may be more volatile or less liquid than more traditional debt securities.

There are many different types of derivative securities and many different ways to use them. Futures and options are commonly used for traditional hedging purposes to attempt to protect a Portfolio from exposure to changing interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates, and for cash management purposes as a low-cost method of gaining exposure to a particular securities market without investing directly in those securities.

No Portfolio may invest in a derivative security unless the reference index or the instrument to which it relates is an eligible investment for the Portfolio. For example, a security whose underlying value is linked to the price of oil would not be a permissible investment because the Portfolios may not invest in oil and gas leases or futures.

 

B-9


Table of Contents

The return on a derivative security may increase or decrease, depending upon changes in the reference index or instrument to which it relates.

There are risks associated with investing in derivative securities, including:

 

   

the risk that the underlying security, interest rate, market index or other financial asset will not move in the direction the portfolio managers anticipate;

 

   

the possibility that there may be no liquid secondary market, or the possibility that price fluctuation limits may be imposed by the exchange, either of which may make it difficult or impossible to close out a position when desired;

 

   

the risk that adverse price movements in an instrument can result in a loss substantially greater than a fund’s initial investment; and the risk that the counterparty will fail to perform its obligations.

Pass-Through Securities

The Portfolios may invest in various types of pass-through securities, such as mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, credit-linked trust certificates, traded custody receipts and participation interests. A pass-through security is a share or certificate of interest in a pool of debt obligations that have been repackaged by an intermediary, such as a bank or broker-dealer. The purchaser of a pass-through security receives an undivided interest in the underlying pool of securities. The issuers of the underlying securities make interest and principal payments to the intermediary which are passed through to purchasers, such as the Portfolios.

The Portfolios also may invest in pass through securities, which are interests evidencing direct ownership of a pool of debt securities. Holders of the interests are entitled to receive distributions of interest, principal and other payments on each of the underlying debt securities (less expenses). The underlying debt securities have a specified maturity but are subject to prepayment risk because if an issuer prepays the principal, a Portfolio may have additional cash to invest at a time when prevailing interest rates have declined and reinvestment of the funds is made at a lower rate. The value of the underlying debt securities may change due to changes in market interest rates. If interest rates rise, the value of the underlying debt securities, and therefore the value of the pass through security, may decline. If the underlying debt securities are high-yield securities, the risks associated with high-yield/high-risk securities discussed in this SAI and in the Portfolios’ Prospectus may apply.

The most common type of pass-through securities are mortgage-backed securities. Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential or commercial mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs which may be incurred. The rate of pre-payments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-related security, and may have the

 

B-10


Table of Contents

effect of shortening or extending the effective duration of the security relative to what was anticipated at the time of purchase. TO the extent that unanticipated rates of pre-payment on underlying mortgages increase the effective duration of a mortgage-related security, the volatility of such security can be expected to increase.

Certificates issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae Certificates”) are mortgage-backed securities that evidence an undivided interest in a pool of mortgage loans. Ginnie Mae Certificates differ from bonds in that principal is paid back monthly by the borrowers over the term of the loan rather than returned in a lump sum at maturity. A Portfolio will generally purchase “modified pass-through” Ginnie Mae Certificates, which entitle the holder to receive a share of all interest and principal payments paid and owned on the mortgage pool, net of fees paid to the “issuer” and Ginnie Mae, regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment. Ginnie Mae Certificates are backed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

The Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities. GNMA is a wholly owned United States Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the United States Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration (the “FHA”), or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (the “VA”).

Government-related guarantors (i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government) include the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”). FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders. It is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. FNMA purchases conventional (i.e. not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage bankers. FNMA issues guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates (“Fannie Mae Certificates”). Fannie Mae Certificates resemble Ginnie Mae Certificates in that each Fannie Mae Certificate represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owned on the underlying pool. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.

FHLMC was created by Congress in 1970 for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. It is a government-sponsored corporation formerly owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks and now owned entirely by private stockholders. FHLMC issues two types of mortgage pass-through securities: mortgage participation certificates (“PCs”) and guaranteed mortgage certificates (“GMCs”). PCs, which are pass-through securities, each representing an undivided interest in a pool of residential mortgages, resemble Ginnie Mae Certificates in that each PC represents a pro rata share of all

 

B-11


Table of Contents

interest and principal payments made and owned on the underlying pool. FHLMC guarantees timely payments of interest on PCs and the full return of principal. GMCs also represent a pro rata interest in a pool of mortgages. However, these instruments pay interest semiannually and return principal once a year in guaranteed minimum payments. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.

FNMA and FHLMC have both recently faced scrutiny regarding their accounting practices and policies. Additionally, there has been ongoing concern expressed by critics and certain members of Congress over the size of the borrowing and purchasing activities of both companies and the impact they have on the U.S. economy. Legislation may be enacted in the future that limits the size and scope of the activities of both FNMA and FHLMC and/or subjects these companies to further regulatory oversight.

Except for GMCs, each of the mortgage-backed securities described above is characterized by monthly payments to the holder, reflecting the monthly payments made by the borrowers who received the underlying mortgage loans. The payments to the security holders (such as the Portfolios), like the payments on the underlying loans, represent both principal and interest. Although the underlying mortgage loans are for specified periods of time, such as 20 or 30 years, the borrowers can, and typically do, pay them off sooner. Thus, the security holders frequently receive prepayments of principal in addition to the principal that is part of the regular monthly payments. A portfolio manager will consider estimated prepayment rates in calculating the average weighted maturity of a Portfolio. A borrower is more likely to prepay a mortgage that bears a relatively high rate of interest. This means that in times of declining interest rates, higher yielding mortgage-backed securities held by a Portfolio might be converted to cash and that Portfolio will be forced to accept lower interest rates when that cash is used to purchase additional securities in the mortgage-backed securities sector or in other investment sectors. Additionally, prepayments during such periods will limit a Portfolio’s ability to participate in as large a market gain as may be experienced with a comparable security not subject to prepayment.

Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers may be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments in the former pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit, which may be issued by governmental entities or private insurers. Such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof will be considered in determining whether a mortgage- related security meets the Trust’s investment quality standards. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements. The Portfolios may buy mortgage-related securities without insurance or guarantees if, through an examination of the loan experience and practices of the original/servicers and poolers, the securities meet the Adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s quality

 

B-12


Table of Contents

standards. Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid, securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily marketable.

Mortgage-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, are not subject to a Portfolios’ industry concentration restrictions, set forth herein by virtue of the exclusion from the test available to all U.S. Government securities. In the case of privately issued mortgage-related securities, the Portfolios take the position the mortgage-related securities do not represent interests in any particular “industry” or group of industries. The assets underlying such securities may be represented by a portfolio of first lien residential mortgages (including both whole mortgage loans and mortgage participation interests) or portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities issued or guaranteed by GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC. Mortgage loans underlying a mortgage-related security may in turn be insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the VA. In the case of private issue mortgage-related securities whose underlying assets are either U.S. Government securities nor U.S. Government-insured mortgages, to the extent that real properties securing such assets may be located in the same geographical region, the security may be subject to a greater risk of default than other comparable securities in the event of adverse economic, political or business developments that may affect such region and, ultimately, the ability of residential homeowners to make payments of principal and interest on the underlying mortgages.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs). A CMO is a debt obligation of a legal entity that is collateralized by mortgages and divided into classes. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, on a monthly basis. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans or private mortgage bonds, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA, and their income streams.

CMOs are structured into multiple classes, often referred to as “tranches,” with each class bearing a different stated maturity and entitled to a different schedule for payments of principal and interest, including pre-payments. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the pre-payment experience of the collateral. In the case of certain CMOs (known as “sequential pay” CMOs), payments of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including pre-payments, are applied to the classes of CMOs in the order of their respective final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made to any class of sequential pay CMOs until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full.

In a typical CMO transaction, a corporation (“issuer”) issues multiple series (e.g., A, B, C, Z) of CMO bonds (“Bonds”). Proceeds of the Bond offering are used to purchase mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates (“Collateral”). The Collateral is pledged to a third party trustee as security for the Bonds. Principal and interest payments from the Collateral are used to pay principal on the Bonds in the order A, B, C, Z. The Series A, B, and C Bonds all bear current interest. Interest on the Series Z Bond is currently being paid off. When the Series A, B, and C Bond are paid in full, interest and principal on the Series Z Bond begins to be paid currently. CMOs may be less liquid and may exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- and asset-backed securities.

 

B-13


Table of Contents

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. The market for commercial mortgage-backed securities developed more recently and it terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family mortgage-backed securities. Many of the risks of investing in commercial mortgage-backed securities reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

Other Mortgage-Related Securities. Other mortgage-related securities include securities other than those described above that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property, including mortgage dollar rolls, CMO residuals or stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBS”). Other mortgage-related securities may be equity or debt securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan association, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, partnerships, trusts and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

CMO Residuals. CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of CMOs is applied first to make required payment of principal and interest on the CMOs and second to pay the related administrative expenses and any management fee of the insurer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of a related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rats, the amount of administrative expenses and the pre-payment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to pre-payments on the related underlying mortgage assets, in the same manner as an interest-only (“IO”) class of stripped mortgage-backed securities. See “Other Mortgage-Related Securities-Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities.” In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to stripped mortgage-backed securities, in certain circumstances a Portfolio may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual.

CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. The CMO residual market has only very recently developed and CMO residuals currently may not have the liquidity of other

 

B-14


Table of Contents

more established securities trading in other markets. Transactions in CMO residuals are generally completed only after careful review of the characteristics of the securities in question. In addition, CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). CMO residuals, whether or not registered under the 1933 Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability, and may be deemed “illiquid” and subject to a Portfolio’s limitations on investment in illiquid securities.

Adjustable Rate Mortgage-Backed Securities. Adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities (“ARMBSs”) have interest rates that reset at periodic intervals. Acquiring ARMBSs permits a Portfolio to participate in increases in prevailing current interest rates through periodic adjustments in the coupons of mortgages underlying the pool on which ARMBSs are based. Such ARMBSs generally have higher current yield and lower price fluctuations than is the case with more traditional fixed income debt securities of comparable rating and maturity. In addition, when prepayments of principal are made on the underlying mortgages during periods of rising interest rates, a Portfolio can reinvest the proceeds of such prepayments at rates higher than those at which they were previously invested. Mortgages underlying most ARMBSs, however, have limited on the allowable annual of lifetime increase that can be made in the interest rate that the mortgagor pays. Therefore, if current interest rates rise above such limits over the period of the limitations, a Portfolio holding an ARMBS does not benefit from further increases in interest rates. Moreover, when interest rates are in excess of coupon rates (i.e., rates being paid by mortgagors) of the mortgages, ARMBSs behave more like fixed income securities and less like adjustable rate securities and are subject to the risks associated with fixed income securities. In addition, during periods of rising interest rates, increases in the coupon rate mortgages generally lag current market interest rates slightly, thereby creating the potential for capital depreciation on such securities.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. SMBS are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive all of the interest (the “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including pre-payments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on a Portfolio’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated pre-payments of principal, a Portfolio may fail to recoup some or all of its initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories. The PIMCO Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio and the PIMCO Multi-Sector Bond Portfolio have adopted a policy under which the respective Portfolio may

 

B-15


Table of Contents

invest no more than 5% of its total assets in any combination of mortgage-related and other asset-backed IO, PO, or inverse floater securities.

Although SMBS are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, these securities were only recently developed. As a result, established trading markets have not yet developed and, accordingly, these securities may be deemed “illiquid” and subject to a Portfolio’s limitations on investment in illiquid securities.

Collateralized Debt Obligations. The Portfolios may invest in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which includes collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust which is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses.

For both CBOs and CLOs, the cashflows from the trust are split into two and more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from de fault in all but the most several circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust typically have higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting ranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on a type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which a Portfolio invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Portfolios as illiquid securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Portfolios as illiquid securities, however an active dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities discussed elsewhere in this Statement of Additional Information and the Portfolios’ Prospectuses (e.g., interest rate risk and default risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the Portfolios may invest in COs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

 

B-16


Table of Contents

Other Asset-Backed Securities. It is expected that other asset-backed securities (unrelated to mortgage loans) will be offered to investors in the future. Several types of asset-backed securities have already been offered to investors, including Certificates for Automobile ReceivablesSM (“CARSSM”). CARSSM represent undivided fractional interests in a trust whose as sets consist of a pool of motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts and security interests in the vehicles securing the contracts. Payments of principal and interests on CARSSM are passed through monthly to certificate holders, and are guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the trustee or originator of the trust. An investor’s return on CARSSM may be affected by early pre-payment of principal on the underlying vehicle sales contracts. If the letter of credit is exhausted, a Portfolio may be prevented from realizing the full amount due on a sales contract because of state law requirements and restrictions relating to foreclosure sales of vehicles and the obtaining of deficiency judgments following such sales or because of depreciation, damage or loss of a vehicle, the application of federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, or other factors. As a result, certificate holders may experience delays in payments or losses if the letter of credit is exhausted. Consistent with a Portfolio’s investment objectives and policies, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser may invest in other types of asset-backed securities.

Adjustable Rate Securities (Including Variable Rate Securities)

Generally, the maturity of a security is the period remaining until the date (noted on the instrument) on which the principal amount of the instrument must be paid; in the case of a security scheduled to be redeemed, this is the date on which the redemption payment must be made. In some cases, securities are issued that either provide for payment upon “demand” or that provide for a periodic adjustment of the interest rate by a predetermined formula or based on an index such that fluctuation in the principal value of the security is minimized. As a technical matter, such securities may have long-term maturities, but typically are treated as a short-term investment if certain conditions are satisfied. These securities, which may take a variety of forms including variable rate, floating rate and put option securities, have less potential for capital appreciation (or depreciation) than fixed rate securities.

Zero Coupon, Step Coupon And Pay-In-Kind Securities

Each Portfolio may invest up to 10% of its assets in zero coupon, pay-in-kind and step coupon securities. Zero coupon bonds are issued and traded at a discount from their face value. They do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest prior to maturity. Step coupon bonds trade at a discount from their face value and pay coupon interest. The coupon rate is low for an initial period and then increases to a higher coupon rate thereafter. The discount from the face amount or par value depends on the time remaining until cash payments begin, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. Pay-in-kind bonds normally give the issuer an option to pay cash at a coupon payment date or give the holder of the security a similar bond with the same coupon rate and a face value equal to the amount of the coupon payment that would have been made. For the purposes of any Portfolio’s restriction on investing in income-producing securities, income-producing securities include securities that make periodic interest payments as well as those that make interest payments on a deferred basis or pay interest only at maturity (e.g., Treasury bills or zero coupon bonds).

 

B-17


Table of Contents

Current federal income tax law requires holders of zero coupon and step coupon securities to report the portion of the original issue discount on such securities that accrue during a given year as interest income, even though the holders receive no cash payments of interest during the year. In order to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under the Code, a Portfolio must distribute its investment company taxable income, including the original issue discount accrued on zero coupon or step coupon bonds. Because a Portfolio will not receive cash payments on a current basis in respect of accrued original-issue discount on zero coupon bonds or step coupon bonds during the period before interest payments begin, in some years that Portfolio may have to distribute cash obtained from other sources in order to satisfy the distribution requirements under the Code. A Portfolio might obtain such cash from selling other portfolio holdings which might cause the Portfolio to incur capital gains or losses on the sale. Additionally, these actions are likely to reduce the assets to which Portfolio expenses could be allocated and to reduce the rate of return for the Portfolio. In some circumstances, such sales might be necessary in order to satisfy cash distribution requirements even though investment considerations might otherwise make it undesirable for a Portfolio to sell the securities at the time.

Although reinvestment risk of income received during the life of these types of bond is reduced or eliminated, they still involve interest rate and credit risk. Also, generally the market prices of zero coupon, step coupon and pay-in-kind securities are more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest periodically and in cash, and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than other types of debt securities having similar maturities and credit quality.

Depositary Receipts

The Portfolios may invest in sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), which are receipts issued by an American bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign issuer. ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in U.S. securities markets. Unsponsored ADRs may be created without the participation of the foreign issuer. Holders of these ADRs generally bear all the costs of the ADR facility, whereas foreign issuers typically bear certain costs in a sponsored ADR. The bank or trust company depositary of an unsponsored ADR may be under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the foreign issuer or to pass through voting rights. The Portfolios may also invest in European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and in other similar instruments representing securities of foreign companies. EDRs and GDRs are securities that are typically issued by foreign banks or foreign trust companies, although U.S. banks or U.S. trust companies may issue them. EDRs and GDRs are structured similar to the arrangements of ADRs. EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets.

Depositary Receipts are generally subject to the same sort of risks as direct investments in a foreign country, such as, currency risk, political and economic risk, and market risk, because their values depend on the performance of a foreign security denominated in its home currency. The risks of foreign investing are addressed in some detail in the Portfolios’ Prospectus.

 

B-18


Table of Contents

Short Sales

Each Portfolio may engage in “short sales against the box.” This technique involves selling either a security that a Portfolio owns, or a security equivalent in kind and amount to the security sold short that the Portfolio has the right to obtain, for delivery at a specified date in the future. A Portfolio may enter into a short sale against the box to hedge against anticipated declines in the market price of portfolio securities. If the value of the securities sold short increases prior to the scheduled delivery date, a Portfolio loses the opportunity to participate in the gain.

The Portfolios may also engage in “naked” short sales. In a naked short sale transaction, a Portfolio sells a security it does not own to a purchaser at a specified price. To complete a naked short sale, a Portfolio must: (1) borrow the security to deliver it to the purchaser and (2) buy that same security in the market to return it to the lender. A Portfolio may sell securities short only on a fully collateralized basis, as permitted by SEC interpretations. At the time of a short sale, a Portfolio will establish and maintain a segregated account consisting of liquid assets equal in value to the purchase price due on the settlement date under the short sale period. The value of the liquid assets will be marked to market daily. A Portfolio may engage in naked short sales when its portfolio manager anticipates that the security’s market purchase price will be less than its borrowing price. Naked short sales involve the same fundamental risk as short sales against the box, as described in the previous paragraph. In addition, naked short sales carry risks of loss if the value of a security sold short increases prior to the scheduled delivery date and a Portfolio must pay more for the security than it has received from the purchaser in the short sale. The total market value of all of a Portfolio’s naked short sale positions will not exceed 5% of its net assets.

Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements

Each Portfolio, consistent with its investment objective and policies, may engage in swap transactions, including, but not limited to, swap agreements on interest rates, security or commodity indexes, specific securities and commodities, and credit and event-linked swaps, as well as caps, floors and credit default swaps. To the extent a Portfolio may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, it may also invest in currency exchange rate swap agreements. A Portfolio may also enter into options on swap agreements (“swap options”).

A Portfolio may enter into swap transactions for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objectives and policies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique, to protect against any increase in the price of securities a Portfolio anticipates purchasing at a later date, to gain exposure to certain markets in the most economical way possible, to create synthetic securities or to structure transactions designed for other purposes.

Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates or return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a

 

B-19


Table of Contents

particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a ‘basket” of securities or commodities representing a particular index. A “quanto” or “differential” swap combines both an interest rate and a currency transaction. Other forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.

In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level, while the seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and selling a floor. Swap agreements will tend to shift a portfolio’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. The most significant factor in the performance of interest rate swap agreements is the change in the specific interest rate that determines the amounts of payments due to and from a Portfolio. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the Portfolio, the Portfolio must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the counterparty’s creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses. A Portfolio may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or other disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy party. A Portfolio will not enter into an interest rate swap, cap or floor transaction unless the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the counterparty thereto is rated at least AA.

Interest rate swaps do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss is limited to the net amount of interest payments that the Portfolio is contractually obligated to make. If the counterparty to an interest rate swap defaults, the Portfolio’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of interest payments that the Portfolio is contractually entitled to receive.

Consistent with a Portfolio’s investment objectives and general investment polices, certain of the Portfolios may invest in commodity swap agreements. For example, an investment in a commodity swap agreement may involve the exchange of floating-rate interest payments for the total return on a commodity index. In a total return commodity swap, a Portfolio will receive the price appreciation of a commodity index, a portion of the index, or a single commodity in exchange for paying an agreed-upon fee. If the commodity swap is for one period, a Portfolio may pay a fixed fee, established at the outset of the swap. However, if the term of the commodity swap is more than one period, with interim swap payments, a Portfolio may pay an adjustable or floating fee. With a “floating” rate, the fee may be pegged to a base rate, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate, and is adjusted each period. Therefore, if interest rates

 

B-20


Table of Contents

increase over the term of the swap contract, a Portfolio may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.

A Portfolio may also enter into options. A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. Each Portfolio may write (sell) and purchase put and call swap options.

Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, a Portfolio will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swap option than it will incur when it purchases a swap option. When a Portfolio purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a Portfolio writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option, the Portfolio will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.

Most other types of swap agreements entered into by the Portfolios would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, a Portfolio’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). A Portfolio’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Portfolio) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the segregation or “earmarking” of assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors, to avoid any potential leveraging of the Portfolio’s portfolio. Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of a Portfolio’s investment restriction concerning senior securities. Each Portfolio will not enter into a swap agreement with any single party if the net amount owed or to be received under existing contracts with that party would exceed 5% of the Portfolio’s total assets.

A Portfolio may also enter into credit default swap agreements. The credit default swap agreement may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by the Portfolio. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. A Portfolio may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Portfolio is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Portfolio may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. As a seller, a Portfolio generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, a Portfolio would

 

B-21


Table of Contents

effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, a Portfolio would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Credit default swap agreements involve greater risks than if a Portfolio had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. A Portfolio will enter into credit default swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. A buyer generally also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. The Portfolio’s obligations under a credit default swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Portfolio). In connection with credit default swaps in which a Portfolio is the buyer, the Portfolio will segregate or “earmark” cash or assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors, or enter into certain offsetting positions, with a value at least equal to the Portfolio’s exposure (any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed by the Portfolio to any counterparty), on a marked-to-market basis. In connection with credit default swaps in which a Portfolio is the seller, the Portfolio will segregate or “earmark’ cash or assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors, or enter into offsetting positions, with a value of least equal to the full notional amount of the swap (minus any amounts owed to the Portfolio). Such segregation or “earmarking” will ensure that the Portfolio has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction and will limit any potential leveraging of the Portfolio’s portfolio. Such segregation or “earmarking” will not limit the Portfolio’s exposure to loss.

Whether a Portfolio’s use of swap agreements or swap options will be successful in furthering its investment objective of total return will depend on the Adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, a Portfolio bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The Portfolios will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness (generally, such counterparties would have to be eligible counterparties under the terms of the Portfolios’ repurchase agreement guidelines). Certain restrictions imposed on the Portfolios by the Internal Revenue Code may limit the Portfolios’ ability to use swap agreements. The swaps market is a relatively new market and is largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect a Portfolio’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

Swaps are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques, risk analyses, and tax planning different from those associated with traditional investments. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, reference rate, or index but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all

 

B-22


Table of Contents

possible market conditions. Swap agreements may be subject to liquidity risk, which exists when a particular swap is difficult to purchase or sell. If a swap transaction is particularly large or if the relevant market is illiquid (as is the case with many OTC swaps), it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses. In addition, swap transaction may be subject to a Portfolio’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

Like most other investments, swap agreements are subject to the risk that the market value of the instrument will change in a way detrimental to a Portfolio’s interest. A Portfolio bears the risk that the Adviser or Sub-Adviser will not accurately forecast future market trends or the values of assets, reference rates, indexes, or other economic factors in establishing swap positions for the Portfolio. If the Adviser or Sub-Adviser attempts to use a swap as a hedge against, or as a substitute for, a portfolio investment, the Portfolio will be exposed to the risk that the swap will have or will develop imperfect or no correlation with the portfolio investment. This could cause substantial losses for the Portfolio. While hedging strategies involving swap instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other Portfolio investments. Many swaps are complex and often valued subjectively.

Certain swap agreements are exempt from most provisions of the CEA and, therefore, are not regulated as futures or commodity option transactions under the CEA, pursuant to regulations approved by the CFTC. To quality for this exemption, a swap agreement must be entered into by “eligible participants,” which includes the following, provided the participants’ total assets exceed established levels: a bank or trust company, savings association or credit union, insurance company, investment company subject to regulation under the 1940 Act, commodity pool, corporation, partnership, proprietorship, organization, trust or other entity, employee benefit plan, governmental entity, broker-dealer, futures commission merchant, natural person, or regulated foreign person. To be eligible, natural persons and most other entities must have total assets exceeding $5 million. In addition, an eligible swap transaction must meet three conditions. First, the swap agreement may not be part of a fungible class of agreements that are standardized as to their material economic terms. Second, the creditworthiness of parties with actual or potential obligation sunder the swap agreement must be a material consideration in entering into or determining the terms of the swap agreement, including pricing, cost or credit enhancement terms. Third, swap agreements may not be entered into and traded on or through a multilateral transaction execution facility.

This exemption is not exclusive, and participants may continue to rely on existing exclusions for swaps, such as the Policy Statement issued in July 1989 which recognized a safe harbor for swap transactions from regulation as futures or commodity option transactions under the CEA or its regulations. The Policy Statement applies to swap transactions settled in cash that (1) have individually tailored terms, (2) lack exchange-style offset and the use of a clearing organization or margin system, (3) are undertaken in conjunction with a line of business, and (4) are not marketed to the public.

 

B-23


Table of Contents

Financial Futures And Forward Contracts

Futures Contracts. The Portfolios may enter into contracts for the purchase or sale for future delivery of equity securities, debt securities, foreign currencies or contracts based on financial indices, including indices of U.S. government securities, foreign government securities, equity or debt securities. The Portfolios may use futures and other derivatives for hedging purposes (including to gain exposure to the market pending investment of cash balances or to meet liquidity needs) or for non-hedging purposes such as seeking to enhance total return. U.S. futures contracts are traded on exchanges which have been designated “contract markets” by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and must be executed through a futures commission merchant (“FCM”), or brokerage firm, which is a member of the relevant contract market. Through their clearing corporations, the exchanges guarantee performance of the contracts as between the clearing members of the exchange.

The buyer or seller of a futures contract is not required to deliver or pay for the underlying instrument unless the contract is held until the delivery date. However, both the buyer and seller are required to deposit “initial margin” for the benefit of the FCM when the contract is entered into. Initial margin deposits are equal to a percentage of the contract’s value, as set by the exchange on which the contract is traded, and may be maintained in cash or certain other liquid assets by the Portfolios’ custodian for the benefit of the FCM. Initial margin payments are similar to good faith deposits or performance bonds. Unlike margin extended by a securities broker, initial margin payments do not constitute purchasing securities on margin for purposes of the Portfolio’s investment limitations. If the value of either party’s position declines, that party will be required to make additional “variation margin” payments for the benefit of the FCM to settle the change in value on a daily basis. The party that has a gain may be entitled to receive all or a portion of this amount. In the event of the bankruptcy of the FCM that holds margin on behalf of a Portfolio, that Portfolio may be entitled to return of margin owed to such Portfolio only in proportion to the amount received by the FCM’s other customers.

Under exemptive regulations adopted by the CFTC, each of the Portfolios will not be registered with, or regulated by the CFTC as a “commodity pool operator.” The Commodity Exchange Act defines the term “commodity pool operator” to mean “any person engaged in a business that is of the nature of an investment trust, syndicate, or similar form of enterprise, and who, in connection therewith, solicits, accepts, or receives from others, funds, securities, or property, either directly or through capital contributions, the sale of stock or other forms of securities, or otherwise, for the purpose of trading in any commodity for future delivery on or subject to the rules of any contract market or derivatives transaction execution facility.” The Portfolios have claimed an exclusion from the “commodity pool operator” definition as investment companies registered under the 1940 Act, and therefore are not subject to registration and regulation as “commodity pool operators.”

Although a Portfolio will segregate cash and liquid assets in an amount sufficient to cover its open futures obligations, the segregated assets would be available to that Portfolio immediately upon closing out the futures position, while settlement of securities transactions could take several days. However, because a Portfolio’s cash that may otherwise be invested would be held uninvested or invested in other liquid assets so long as the futures position remains open, such Portfolio’s return could be diminished due to the opportunity losses of foregoing other potential investments.

 

B-24


Table of Contents

The primary purposes a Portfolio enters into futures contracts are to meet the liquidity needs of the Portfolio while maintaining the Portfolio’s exposure to the securities markets and to otherwise protect the Portfolio from fluctuations in the value of the securities markets without actually buying or selling the underlying debt or equity securities. For example, if the Portfolio anticipates an increase in the price of stocks, and it intends to purchase stocks at a later time, that Portfolio could enter into a futures contract to purchase a stock index as a temporary substitute for stock purchases. If an increase in the market occurs that influences the stock index as anticipated, the value of the futures contracts will increase, thereby serving as a hedge against that Portfolio not participating in a market advance. This technique is sometimes known as an anticipatory hedge. A Portfolio may also use this technique with respect to an individual company’s stock. To the extent a Portfolio enters into futures contracts for this purpose, the segregated assets maintained to cover such Portfolio’s obligations with respect to the futures contracts will consist of other liquid assets from its portfolio in an amount equal to the difference between the contract price and the aggregate value of the initial and variation margin payments made by that Portfolio with respect to the futures contracts. Conversely, if a Portfolio holds stocks and seeks to protect itself from a decrease in stock prices, the Portfolio might sell stock index futures contracts, thereby hoping to offset the potential decline in the value of its portfolio securities by a corresponding increase in the value of the futures contract position. Similarly, if a Portfolio holds an individual company’s stock and expects the price of that stock to decline, the Portfolio may sell a futures contract on that stock in hopes of offsetting the potential decline in the company’s stock price. A Portfolio could protect against a decline in stock prices by selling portfolio securities and investing in money market instruments, but the use of futures contracts enables it to maintain a defensive position without having to sell portfolio securities.

If a Portfolio owns bonds and the portfolio manager expects interest rates to increase, that Portfolio may take a short position in interest rate futures contracts. Taking such a position would have much the same effect as that Portfolio selling bonds in its portfolio. If interest rates increase as anticipated, the value of the bonds would decline, but the value of that Portfolio’s interest rate futures contract will increase, thereby keeping the net asset value of that Portfolio from declining as much as it may have otherwise. If, on the other hand, a portfolio manager expects interest rates to decline, that Portfolio may take a long position in interest rate futures contracts in anticipation of later closing out the futures position and purchasing the bonds. Although a Portfolio can accomplish similar results by buying securities with long maturities and selling securities with short maturities, given the greater liquidity of the futures market than the cash market, it may be possible to accomplish the same result more easily and more quickly by using futures contracts as an investment tool to reduce risk.

The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures markets, due to differences in the nature of those markets, are subject to distortions. First, all participants in the futures market are subject to initial margin and variation margin requirements. Rather than meeting additional variation margin requirements, investors may close out futures contracts through offsetting transactions which could distort the normal price relationship between the cash and futures markets. Second, the liquidity of the futures market depends on participants entering into offsetting transactions rather than making or taking delivery of the instrument underlying a futures contract. To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery, liquidity in the futures market could be reduced and prices in the futures market distorted. Third, from the point of view of speculators, the margin deposit requirements in the futures market are less onerous

 

B-25


Table of Contents

than margin requirements in the securities market. Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market may cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of the foregoing distortions, a correct forecast of general price trends by a portfolio manager still may not result in a successful use of futures.

Futures contracts entail risks. Although the Portfolios believe that use of such contracts will benefit the Portfolios, a Portfolio’s overall performance could be worse than if such Portfolio had not entered into futures contracts if the portfolio manager’s investment judgement proves incorrect. For example, if a Portfolio has hedged against the effects of a possible decrease in prices of securities held in its portfolio and prices increase instead, that Portfolio will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of these securities because of offsetting losses in its futures positions. This risk may be magnified for single stock futures transactions, as the Portfolio’s portfolio manager must predict the direction of the price of an individual stock, as opposed to securities prices generally. In addition, if a Portfolio has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities from its portfolio to meet daily variation margin requirements. Those sales may be, but will not necessarily be, at increased prices which reflect the rising market and may occur at a time when the sales are disadvantageous to such Portfolio.

The prices of futures contracts depend primarily on the value of their underlying instruments. Because there are a limited number of types of futures contracts, it is possible that the standardized futures contracts available to a Portfolio will not match exactly such Portfolio’s current or potential investments. A Portfolio may buy and sell futures contracts based on underlying instruments with different characteristics from the securities in which it typically invests—for example, by hedging investments in portfolio securities with a futures contract based on a broad index of securities—which involves a risk that the futures position will not correlate precisely with the performance of such Portfolio’s investments.

Futures prices can also diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments, even if the underlying instruments closely correlate with a Portfolio’s investments, such as with a single stock futures contract. Futures prices are affected by factors such as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instruments and the time remaining until expiration of the contract. Those factors may affect securities prices differently from futures prices. Imperfect correlations between a Portfolio’s investments and its futures positions also may result from differing levels of demand in the futures markets and the securities markets, from structural differences in how futures and securities are traded, and from imposition of daily price fluctuation limits for futures contracts. A Portfolio may buy or sell futures contracts with a greater or lesser value than the securities it wishes to hedge or is considering purchasing in order to attempt to compensate for differences in historical volatility between the futures contract and the securities, although this may not be successful in all cases. If price changes in a Portfolio’s futures positions are poorly correlated with its other investments, its futures positions may fail to produce desired gains or result in losses that are not offset by the gains in that Portfolio’s other investments.

Because futures contracts are generally settled within a day from the date they are closed out, compared with a settlement period of three days for some types of securities, the futures markets can provide superior liquidity to the securities markets. Nevertheless, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any

 

B-26


Table of Contents

particular time. In addition, futures exchanges may establish daily price fluctuation limits for futures contracts and may halt trading if a contract’s price moves upward or downward more than the limit in a given day. On volatile trading days when the price fluctuation limit is reached, it may be impossible for a Portfolio to enter into new positions or close out existing positions. If the secondary market for a futures contract is not liquid because of price fluctuation limits or otherwise, a Portfolio may not be able to promptly liquidate unfavorable futures positions and potentially could be required to continue to hold a futures position until the delivery date, regardless of changes in its value. As a result, such Portfolio’s access to other assets held to cover its futures positions also could be impaired.

Options on Futures Contracts. The Portfolios may buy and write put and call options on futures contracts. An option on a future gives a Portfolio the right (but not the obligation) to buy or sell a futures contract at a specified price on or before a specified date. The purchase of a call option on a futures contract is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call option on an individual security. As with other option transactions, securities will be segregated to cover applicable margin or segregation requirements on open futures contracts. Depending on the pricing of the option compared to either the price of the futures contract upon which it is based or the price of the underlying instrument, ownership of the option may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract or the underlying instrument. As with the purchase of futures contracts, when a Portfolio is not fully invested it may buy a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a market advance.

The writing of a call option on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge against declining prices of the security or foreign currency which is deliverable under, or of the index comprising, the futures contract. If the futures’ price at the expiration of the option is below the exercise price, a Portfolio will retain the full amount of the option premium which provides a partial hedge against any decline that may have occurred in that Portfolio’s portfolio holdings. The writing of a put option on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge against increasing prices of the security or foreign currency which is deliverable under, or of the index comprising, the futures contract. If the futures’ price at expiration of the option is higher than the exercise price, a Portfolio will retain the full amount of the option premium which provides a partial hedge against any increase in the price of securities which that Portfolio is considering buying. If a call or put option a Portfolio has written is exercised, such Portfolio will incur a loss which will be reduced by the amount of the premium it received. Depending on the degree of correlation between the change in the value of its portfolio securities and changes in the value of the futures positions, a Portfolio’s losses from existing options on futures may to some extent be reduced or increased by changes in the value of portfolio securities.

The purchase of a put option on a futures contract is similar in some respects to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities. For example, a Portfolio may buy a put option on a futures contract to hedge its portfolio against the risk of falling prices or rising interest rates.

The amount of risk a Portfolio assumes when it buys an option on a futures contract is the premium paid for the option plus related transaction costs. In addition to the correlation risks discussed above, the purchase of an option also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the options bought.

 

B-27


Table of Contents

Forward Contracts. The Portfolios may enter into forward contracts to purchase and sell government securities, equity or income securities, foreign currencies or other financial instruments. A forward contract is an agreement between two parties in which one party is obligated to deliver a stated amount of a stated asset at a specified time in the future and the other party is obligated to pay a specified amount for the assets at the time of delivery. Currently, the Portfolios do not intend to invest in forward contracts other than forward currency contracts. Forward contracts generally are traded in an interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. Unlike futures contracts, which are standardized contracts, forward contracts can be specifically drawn to meet the needs of the parties that enter into them. The parties to a forward contract may agree to offset or terminate the contract before its maturity, or may hold the contract to maturity and complete the contemplated exchange.

The following discussion summarizes the Portfolios’ principal uses of forward foreign currency exchange contracts (“forward currency contracts”). A Portfolio may enter into forward currency contracts with stated contract values of up to the value of that Portfolio’s assets. A forward currency contract is an obligation to buy or sell an amount of a specified currency for an agreed price (which may be in U.S. dollars or a foreign currency). A Portfolio will exchange foreign currencies for U.S. dollars and for other foreign currencies in the normal course of business and may buy and sell currencies through forward currency contracts in order to fix a price for securities it has agreed to buy or sell (“transaction hedge”). A Portfolio also may hedge some or all of its investments denominated in a foreign currency or exposed to foreign currency fluctuations against a decline in the value of that currency relative to the U.S. dollar by entering into forward currency contracts to sell an amount of that currency (or a proxy currency whose performance is expected to replicate or exceed the performance of that currency relative to the U.S. dollar) approximating the value of some or all of its portfolio securities denominated in that currency (“position hedge”) or by participating in options or futures contracts with respect to the currency. A Portfolio also may enter into a forward currency contract with respect to a currency where the Portfolio is considering the purchase or sale of investments denominated in that currency but has not yet selected the specific investments (“anticipatory hedge”). In any of these circumstances a Portfolio may, alternatively, enter into a forward currency contract to purchase or sell one foreign currency for a second currency that is expected to perform more favorably relative to the U.S. dollar if the portfolio manager believes there is a reasonable degree of correlation between movements in the two currencies (“cross-hedge”).

These types of hedging minimize the effect of currency appreciation as well as depreciation, but do not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying U.S. dollar equivalent value of the proceeds of or rates of return on a Portfolio’s foreign currency denominated portfolio securities. The matching of the increase in value of a forward contract and the decline in the U.S. dollar equivalent value of the foreign currency denominated asset that is the subject of the hedge generally will not be precise. Shifting a Portfolio’s currency exposure from one foreign currency to another removes that Portfolio’s opportunity to profit from increases in the value of the original currency and involves a risk of increased losses to such Portfolio if its portfolio manager’s projection of future exchange rates is inaccurate. Proxy hedges and cross-hedges may result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the currency in which hedged securities are denominated. Unforeseen changes in currency prices may result in poorer overall performance for a Portfolio than if it had not entered into such contracts.

 

B-28


Table of Contents

The Portfolios will cover outstanding forward currency contracts by maintaining liquid portfolio securities denominated in or whose value is tied to, the currency underlying the forward contract or the currency being hedged. To the extent that a Portfolio is not able to cover its forward currency positions with underlying portfolio securities, the Portfolios’ custodian will segregate cash or other liquid assets having a value equal to the aggregate amount of such Portfolio’s commitments under forward contracts entered into with respect to position hedges, cross-hedges and anticipatory hedges. If the value of the securities used to cover a position or the value of segregated assets declines, a Portfolio will find alternative cover or segregate additional cash or liquid assets on a daily basis so that the value of the covered and segregated assets will be equal to the amount of such Portfolio’s commitments with respect to such contracts. As an alternative to segregating assets, a Portfolio may buy call options permitting such Portfolio to buy the amount of foreign currency being hedged by a forward sale contract or a Portfolio may buy put options permitting it to sell the amount of foreign currency subject to a forward buy contract.

While forward contracts are not currently regulated by the CFTC, the CFTC may in the future assert authority to regulate forward contacts. In such event, the Portfolios’ ability to utilize forward contracts may be restricted. In addition, a Portfolio may not always be able to enter into forward contracts at attractive prices and may be limited in its ability to use these contracts to hedge Portfolio assets.

Eurodollar Futures Contracts Or Options Thereon. A Portfolio may make investments in Eurodollar futures contracts or options thereon. Eurodollar futures contracts or options thereon are U.S. dollar-denominated futures contracts or options thereon which are linked to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), although foreign currency-denominated instruments are available from time to time. Eurodollar futures contracts enable purchasers to obtain a fixed rate for the lending of funds and sellers to obtain a fixed rate for borrowings. A Portfolio might use Eurodollar futures contracts and options thereon to hedge against changes in LIBOR, to which many interest rate swaps and fixed-income instruments are linked.

Federal Income Tax Treatment Regarding Futures Contracts. For Federal income tax purposes, each Portfolio is required to recognize as income for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on futures contracts as of the end of the year as well as those actually realized during the year. Any gain or loss recognized with respect to a futures contract is considered to be 60% long-term and 40% short-term, without regard to the holding period of the contract. In the case of a futures transaction classified as a “mixed straddle”, the recognition of losses may be deferred to a later taxable year.

In order for each Portfolio to continue to qualify for Federal income tax treatment as a regulated investment company, at least 90% of its gross income for a taxable year must be derived from qualifying income, i.e., dividends, interest, income derived from loans of securities, and gains from the sale of securities. Any net gain realized from the closing out of futures contracts, for purposes of the 90% requirement, is expected to be treated as gain from the sale of securities and therefore is qualifying income.

 

B-29


Table of Contents

Options on Securities and Foreign Currencies

In an effort to increase current income and to reduce fluctuations in net asset value, the Portfolios may write covered put and call options and buy put and call options on securities that are traded on United States and foreign securities exchanges and over-the-counter. The Portfolios may write and buy options on the same types of securities that the Portfolios may purchase directly.

A put option written by a Portfolio is “covered” if that Portfolio (i) segregates cash not available for investment or other liquid assets with a value equal to the exercise price of the put with the Portfolios’ custodian or (ii) holds a put on the same security and in the same principal amount as the put written and the exercise price of the put held is equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written. The premium paid by the buyer of an option will reflect, among other things, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price and the volatility of the underlying security, the remaining term of the option, supply and demand and interest rates.

A call option written by a Portfolio is “covered” if that Portfolio owns the underlying security covered by the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated account by the Portfolios’ custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held in its portfolio. A call option is also deemed to be covered if a Portfolio holds a call on the same security and in the same principal amount as the call written and the exercise price of the call held (i) is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written or (ii) is greater than the exercise price of the call written if the difference is maintained by that Portfolio in cash and other liquid assets in a segregated account with its custodian.

The Portfolios also may write call options that are not covered for cross-hedging purposes. A Portfolio collateralizes its obligation under a written call option for cross-hedging purposes by segregating cash or other liquid assets in an amount not less than the market value of the underlying security, marked-to-market daily. A Portfolio would write a call option for cross-hedging purposes, instead of writing a covered call option, when the premium to be received from the cross-hedge transaction would exceed that which would be received from writing a covered call option and its portfolio manager believes that writing the option would achieve the desired hedge.

The writer of an option may have no control over when the underlying securities must be sold, in the case of a call option, or bought, in the case of a put option, since with regard to certain options, the writer may be assigned an exercise notice at any time prior to the termination of the obligation. Whether or not an option expires unexercised, the writer retains the amount of the premium. This amount, of course, may, in the case of a covered call option, be offset by a decline in the market value of the underlying security during the option period. If a call option is exercised, the writer experiences a profit or loss from the sale of the underlying security. If a put option is exercised, the writer must fulfill the obligation to buy the underlying security at the exercise price, which will usually exceed the then market value of the underlying security.

The writer of an option that wishes to terminate its obligation may effect a “closing purchase transaction”. This is accomplished by buying an option of the same series as the option previously written. The effect of the purchase is that the writer’s position will be canceled by the clearing corporation. However, a writer may not effect a closing purchase transaction after being

 

B-30


Table of Contents

notified of the exercise of an option. Likewise, an investor who is the holder of an option may liquidate its position by effecting a “closing sale transaction”. This is accomplished by selling an option of the same series as the option previously bought. There is no guarantee that either a closing purchase or a closing sale transaction can be effected.

In the case of a written call option, effecting a closing transaction will permit a Portfolio to write another call option on the underlying security with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both. In the case of a written put option, such transaction will permit a Portfolio to write another put option to the extent that the exercise price is secured by other liquid assets. Effecting a closing transaction also will permit a Portfolio to use the cash or proceeds from the concurrent sale of any securities subject to the option for other investments. If a Portfolio desires to sell a particular security from its portfolio on which it has written a call option, such Portfolio will effect a closing transaction prior to or concurrent with the sale of the security.

A Portfolio will realize a profit from a closing transaction if the price of the purchase transaction is less than the premium received from writing the option or the price received from a sale transaction is more than the premium paid to buy the option. A Portfolio will realize a loss from a closing transaction if the price of the purchase transaction is more than the premium received from writing the option or the price received from a sale transaction is less than the premium paid to buy the option. Because increases in the market of a call option generally will reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security, any loss resulting from the repurchase of a call option is likely to be offset in whole or in part by appreciation of the underlying security owned by a Portfolio.

An option position may be closed out only where a secondary market for an option of the same series exists. If a secondary market does not exist, the Portfolio may not be able to effect closing transactions in particular options and the Portfolio would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit. If a Portfolio is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise. The absence of a liquid secondary market may be due to the following: (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options, (ii) restrictions imposed by a national securities exchange (“Exchange”) on which the option is traded on opening or closing transactions or both, (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities, (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances that interrupt normal operations on an Exchange, (v) the facilities of an Exchange or of the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume, or (vi) one or more Exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that Exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that Exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that Exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

A Portfolio may write options in connection with buy-and-write transactions. In other words, a Portfolio may buy a security and then write a call option against that security. The exercise price of such call will depend upon the expected price movement of the underlying

 

B-31


Table of Contents

security. The exercise price of a call option may be below (“in-the-money”), equal to (“at-the-money”) or above (“out-of-the-money”) the current value of the underlying security at the time the option is written. Buy-and-write transactions using in-the-money call options may be used when it is expected that the price of the underlying security will remain flat or decline moderately during the option period. Buy-and-write transactions using at-the-money call options may be used when it is expected that the price of the underlying security will remain fixed or advance moderately during the option period. Buy-and-write transactions using out-of-the-money call options may be used when it is expected that the premiums received from writing the call option plus the appreciation in the market price of the underlying security up to the exercise price will be greater than the appreciation in the price of the underlying security alone. If the call options are exercised in such transactions, a Portfolio’s maximum gain will be the premium received by it for writing the option, adjusted upwards or downwards by the difference between that Portfolio’s purchase price of the security and the exercise price. If the options are not exercised and the price of the underlying security declines, the amount of such decline will be offset by the amount of premium received.

The writing of covered put options is similar in terms of risk and return characteristics to buy-and-write transactions. If the market price of the underlying security rises or otherwise is above the exercise price, the put option will expire worthless and a Portfolio’s gain will be limited to the premium received. If the market price of the underlying security declines or otherwise is below the exercise price, a Portfolio may elect to close the position or take delivery of the security at the exercise price and that Portfolio’s return will be the premium received from the put options minus the amount by which the market price of the security is below the exercise price.

A Portfolio may buy put options to hedge against a decline in the value of its portfolio. By using put options in this way, a Portfolio will reduce any profit it might otherwise have realized in the underlying security by the amount of the premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs.

A Portfolio may buy call options to hedge against an increase in the price of securities that it may buy in the future. The premium paid for the call option plus any transaction costs will reduce the benefit, if any, realized by such Portfolio upon exercise of the option, and, unless the price of the underlying security rises sufficiently, the option may expire worthless to that Portfolio.

The Portfolios may write straddles (combinations of put and call options of the same underlying security), which are generally a nonhedging technique used for purposes such as seeking to enhance return. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out than individual options contracts. The straddle rules of the Code require deferral of certain losses realized on positions of a straddle to the extent that the Portfolio has unrealized gains in offsetting positions at year-end. The holding period of the securities comprising the straddle will be suspended until the straddle is terminated.

Options on Foreign Currencies. The Portfolios may buy and write options on foreign currencies in a manner similar to that in which futures or forward contracts on foreign currencies

 

B-32


Table of Contents

will be utilized. For example, a decline in the U.S. dollar value of a foreign currency in which portfolio securities are denominated will reduce the U.S. dollar value of such securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. In order to protect against such diminutions in the value of portfolio securities, a Portfolio may buy put options on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency declines, such Portfolio will have the right to sell such currency for a fixed amount in U.S. dollars, thereby offsetting, in whole or in part, the adverse effect on its portfolio.

Conversely, when a rise in the U.S. dollar value of a currency in which securities to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby increasing the cost of such securities, a Portfolio may buy call options on the foreign currency. The purchase of such options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the adverse movements in exchange rates. As in the case of other types of options, however, the benefit to a Portfolio from purchases of foreign currency options will be reduced by the amount of the premium and related transaction costs. In addition, if currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent projected, a Portfolio could sustain losses on transactions in foreign currency options that would require such Portfolio to forego a portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in those rates.

The Portfolios may also write options on foreign currencies. For example, to hedge against a potential decline in the U.S. dollar value of foreign currency denominated securities due to adverse fluctuations in exchange rates, a Portfolio could, instead of purchasing a put option, write a call option on the relevant currency. If the expected decline occurs, the option will most likely not be exercised and the decline in value of portfolio securities will be offset by the amount of the premium received.

Similarly, instead of purchasing a call option to hedge against a potential increase in the U.S. dollar cost of securities to be acquired, a Portfolio could write a put option on the relevant currency which, if rates move in the manner projected, should expire unexercised and allow that Portfolio to hedge the increased cost up to the amount of the premium. As in the case of other types of options, however, the writing of a foreign currency option will constitute only a partial hedge up to the amount of the premium. If exchange rates do not move in the expected direction, the option may be exercised and a Portfolio would be required to buy or sell the underlying currency at a loss which may not be offset by the amount of the premium. Through the writing of options on foreign currencies, a Portfolio also may lose all or a portion of the benefits which might otherwise have been obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates.

The Portfolios may write covered call options on foreign currencies. A call option written on a foreign currency by a Portfolio is “covered” if that Portfolio owns the foreign currency underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that foreign currency without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated account by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other foreign currencies held in its portfolio. A call option is also covered if a Portfolio has a call on the same foreign currency in the same principal amount as the call written if the exercise price of the call held (i) is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written or (ii) is greater than the exercise price of the call written, if the difference is maintained by such Portfolio in cash or other liquid assets in a segregated account with the Portfolios’ custodian.

 

B-33


Table of Contents

The Portfolios also may write call options on foreign currencies for cross-hedging purposes. A call option on a foreign currency is for cross-hedging purposes if it is designed to provide a hedge against a decline due to an adverse change in the exchange rate in the U.S. dollar value of a security which a Portfolio owns or has the right to acquire and which is denominated in the currency underlying the option. Call options on foreign currencies which are entered into for cross-hedging purposes are not covered. However, in such circumstances, a Portfolio will collateralize the option by segregating cash or other liquid assets in an amount not less than the value of the underlying foreign currency in U.S. dollars marked-to-market daily.

Additional Risks Of Options On Foreign Currencies, Forward Contracts And Foreign Instruments. Unlike transactions entered into by the Portfolios in futures contracts, options on foreign currencies and forward contracts are not traded on contract markets regulated by the CFTC or (with the exception of certain foreign currency options) by the SEC. To the contrary, such instruments are traded through financial institutions acting as market-makers, although foreign currency options are also traded on certain Exchanges, such as the Philadelphia Stock Exchange and the Chicago Board Options Exchange, subject to SEC regulation. Similarly, options on currencies may be traded over-the-counter. In an over-the-counter trading environment, many of the protections afforded to Exchange participants will not be available. For example, there are no daily price fluctuation limits, and adverse market movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time. Although the buyer of an option cannot lose more than the amount of the premium plus related transaction costs, this entire amount could be lost. Moreover, an option writer and a buyer or seller of futures or forward contracts could lose amounts substantially in excess of any premium received or initial margin or collateral posted due to the potential additional margin and collateral requirements associated with such positions.

Options on foreign currencies traded on Exchanges are within the jurisdiction of the SEC, as are other securities traded on Exchanges. As a result, many of the protections provided to traders on organized Exchanges will be available with respect to such transactions. In particular, all foreign currency option positions entered into on an Exchange are cleared and guaranteed by the OCC, thereby reducing the risk of counterparty default. Further, a liquid secondary market in options traded on an Exchange may be more readily available than in the over-the- counter market, potentially permitting a Portfolio to liquidate open positions at a profit prior to exercise or expiration, or to limit losses in the event of adverse market movements.

The purchase and sale of exchange-traded foreign currency options, however, is subject to the risks of the availability of a liquid secondary market described above, as well as the risks regarding adverse market movements, margining of options written, the nature of the foreign currency market, possible intervention by governmental authorities and the effects of other political and economic events. In addition, exchange-traded options on foreign currencies involve certain risks not presented by the over-the-counter market. For example, exercise and settlement of such options must be made exclusively through the OCC, which has established banking relationships in applicable foreign countries for this purpose. As a result, the OCC may, if it determines that foreign governmental restrictions or taxes would prevent the orderly settlement of foreign currency option exercises, or would result in undue burdens on the OCC or its clearing member, impose special procedures on exercise and settlement, such as technical

 

B-34


Table of Contents

changes in the mechanics of delivery of currency, the fixing of dollar settlement prices or prohibitions on exercise.

In addition, options on U.S. government securities, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward contracts and options on foreign currencies may be traded on foreign exchanges and over-the-counter in foreign countries. Such transactions are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in or the prices of foreign currencies or securities. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex foreign political and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in a Portfolio’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States, and (v) low trading volume.

Hybrid Instruments

Hybrid instruments can be an efficient means of creating exposure to a particular market, or segment of a market, with the objective of enhancing total return. Each of the Portfolios may invest in hybrid instruments. Hybrid instruments have recently been developed and combine the elements of futures contracts or options with those of debt, preferred equity or a depository instrument. Normally, a hybrid instrument may be a debt security, preferred stock, depository share, trust certificate, certificate of deposit or other evidence of indebtedness on which a portion of or all interest payments, and/or the principal or stated amount payable at maturity, redemption, or retirement is determined by reference to prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices of underlying assets such as, for example, securities, currencies, intangibles, goods, articles or commodities. Alternatively, interest and/or principal or stated amounts payable may be determined by reference to a benchmark such as, for example, another objective index, economic factor, or other measure, interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodity or securities indices. Because of these structural differences, hybrid instruments may take a variety of forms, including, but not limited to, debt instruments with interest or principal payments or redemption terms determined by reference to the value of a currency or commodity or securities index at a future point in time, preferred stock with dividend rates determined by reference to the value of a currency or commodity or securities index at a future point in time, preferred stock with dividend rates determined by reference to the value of a currency, or convertible securities with the conversion terms related to a particular commodity. Hybirds may also include range floaters which are a deposit or a note that accrues interest daily when the underlying reference point is within a predetermined range and accrues at a below-market rate (normally 0%) when outside that range.

Inverse floaters are debt instruments whose interest rate bears an inverse relationship to the interest rate on another instrument or index. For example, upon reset the interest rate payable on a security may go down when the underlying index has risen. Certain inverse floaters may have an interest rate reset mechanism that multiplies the effects of change in the underlying index. Such mechanism may increase the volatility of the security’s market value. See “Inverse Floaters” below for additional information.

 

B-35


Table of Contents

There is no guarantee that the use of hybrid instruments will be successful, and a Portfolio could lose money if, for example, interest rates do not move as anticipated or credit problems develop with the issue of the hybrid instrument. Additionally, the risks of investing in hybrid instruments reflect a combination of the risks of investing in securities, options, futures and currencies, and the underlying benchmarks or prices for the underlying assets may be highly volatile and this volatility may be magnified still further by the terms of the hybrid instrument itself. Also, the prices of the hybrid instrument and the benchmark or underlying asset may not move in the same direction or at the same time. Hybrid instruments may bear interest or pay dividends at below market (or even relatively nominal) rates, or bear interest at above market rates but bear an increased risk of principal loss (or gain). The latter situation may result in leverage, meaning that the hybrid instrument is structured such that the risk of loss, as well as the potential for gain, is magnified. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of such an instrument could even be zero. Hybrid instruments may also involve greater liquidity risk than other types of investments; since they are often individually negotiated to meet the portfolio needs of a particular investor, the number of other investors that are willing and able to buy such investments in the secondary market may be smaller than that for more traditional investments. Hybrid instruments also may not be subject to regulation by federal agencies such as the CFTC and the SEC, which generally regulate the trading of commodities and securities, respectively.

Future Developments

The Portfolios may take advantage of opportunities in the area of options and futures contracts and options on futures contracts and any other derivative product which is not presently contemplated for use by the Portfolios or which are not currently available, but which may be developed, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with the Portfolios’ respective investment objectives and legally permissible for the Portfolios. Before making such investments, the Fund would supplement the disclosure in its Prospectus or Statement of Additional Information, if it determined it to be appropriate.

Investment Company Securities And Exchange Traded Funds

From time to time, the Portfolios may invest in securities of other investment companies, subject to the provisions of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act and rules, regulations and exemptive orders issued by the SEC thereunder. Investment companies may include index-based investments such as exchange traded funds (“ETFs”), which hold substantially all of their assets in securities representing their specific index. Accordingly, the main risk of investing in index-based investments is the same as investing in a portfolio of equity securities comprising the index, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Portfolio would bear its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to the expenses a Portfolio bears directly in connection with its own operation. The market prices of index-based investments will fluctuate in accordance with both changes in the market value of their underlying portfolio securities and due to supply and demand for the instruments on the exchanges on which they are traded (which may result in their trading at a discount or premium to their NAVs.) Index-based investments may not replicate exactly the performance of their specific index because of transaction costs and because of the temporary unavailability of certain component securities of the index.

 

B-36


Table of Contents

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

Each of the Portfolios may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with banks and broker-dealers. Such agreements involve the sale of money market securities held by a Portfolio pursuant to an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment. The Portfolio will use the proceeds of reverse repurchase agreements to purchase other money market securities which either mature, or can be sold under an agreement to resell, at or prior to the expiration of the reverse repurchase agreement. A Portfolio will utilize reverse repurchase agreements when the interest income to be earned from the investment of proceeds from the transaction is greater than the interest expense of the reverse repurchase transaction. When effecting reverse repurchase transactions, a Portfolio will hold securities of a dollar amount equal in value to the securities subject to the reverse repurchase agreement in a segregated account. Amounts subject to reverse repurchase agreements are also subject to a 300% asset coverage requirement. If such amounts in the aggregate exceed this asset coverage requirement, the Portfolio would be obligated within three days to reduce such amounts to meet the requirement. Under no circumstances will a Portfolio enter into a reverse repurchase agreement with Northwestern Mutual.

Preferred Stocks

Each of the Portfolios may invest in preferred stocks. Generally, preferred stock has a specified dividend and ranks after bonds and before common stocks in its claim on income for dividend payments and on assets should the company be liquidated. While most preferred stocks pay a dividend, preferred stock may be purchased where the issuer has omitted, or is in danger of omitting, payment of its dividend.

Convertible Securities

Each of the Portfolios may invest convertible securities. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular time period at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive the interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion or exchange, such securities ordinarily provide a stream of income with generally higher yields than common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower than the yield on non-convertible debt. Of course, there can be no assurance of current income because issuers of convertible securities may default on their obligations. In addition, there can be no assurance of capital appreciation because the value of the underlying common stock will fluctuate. Because of the conversion feature, the managers consider some convertible securities to be equity equivalents.

The price of a convertible security will normally fluctuate in some proportion to changes in the price of the underlying asset. A convertible security is subject to risks relating to the activities of the issuer and/or general market and economic conditions. The stream of income typically paid on a convertible security may tend to cushion the security against declines in the price of the underlying asset. However, the stream of income causes fluctuations based upon changes in interest rates and the credit quality of the issuer. In general, the value of a convertible

 

B-37


Table of Contents

security is a function of (1) its yield in comparison with yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege and (2) its worth, at market value, if converted or exchanged into the underlying common stock. The price of a convertible security often reflects such variations in the price of the underlying common stock in a way that a non-convertible security does not. At any given time, investment value generally depends upon such factors as the general level of interest rates, the yield of similar nonconvertible securities, the financial strength of the issuer and the seniority of the security in the issuer’s capital structure.

A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a predetermined price. If a convertible security held by a Portfolio is called for redemption, the Portfolio would be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security and convert it to underlying common stock or to cash, or would sell the convertible security to a third party, which may have an adverse effect on the Portfolio. A convertible security may feature a put option that permits the holder of the convertible security to sell that security back to the issuer at a predetermined price. A Portfolio generally invests in convertible securities for their favorable price characteristics and total return potential and normally would not exercise an option to convert unless the security is called or conversion is forced.

Unlike a convertible security that is a single security, a synthetic convertible security is comprised of two distinct securities that together resemble convertible securities in certain respects. Synthetic convertible securities are created by combining non-convertible bonds or preferred stocks with warrants or stock call options. The options that will form elements of synthetic convertible securities will be listed on a securities exchange or NASDAQ. The two components of a synthetic convertible security, which will be issued with respect to the same entity generally are not offered as a unit, and may be purchased and sold by a Portfolio at different times. Synthetic convertible securities differ from convertible securities in certain respects. Each component of a synthetic convertible security has a separate market value and responds differently to market fluctuations. Investing in a synthetic convertible security involves the risk normally found in holding the securities comprising the synthetic convertible security.

Warrants

Each of the Portfolios may invest in warrants. Warrants are instruments which entitle the holder to buy an equity security at a specific price for a specific period of time. Changes in the value of a warrant do not necessarily correspond to changes in the value of its underlying security. The price of a warrant may be more volatile than the price of its underlying security, and a warrant may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss. Warrants do not entitle a holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to the underlying security and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuing company. A warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. These factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments. In no event will a Portfolio’s investment in warrants exceed 5% of its net assets.

High-Yield, High-Risk Bonds

Each of the Portfolios may invest in high-yield, high-risk bonds, commonly referred to as “junk” bonds. The total return and yield of junk bonds can be expected to fluctuate more than the

 

B-38


Table of Contents

total return and yield of higher-quality, shorter-terms bonds, but is not as much as those of common stocks. Junk bonds are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments.

Inflation-Indexed Bonds

The Portfolios may purchase inflation-linked securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities other than the U.S. Treasury, and entities other than the U.S. Treasury or U.S. government agencies an instrumentalities. Inflation-indexed bonds are debt instruments whose principal value is adjusted periodically according to a rate of inflation (usually a consumer price index). Two structures are most common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the inflation accruals as part of the semiannual coupon.

Inflation-linked securities are designed to offer a return linked to inflation, thereby protecting future purchasing power of the money invested in them. However, inflation-linked securities provide this protected return only if held to maturity. In addition, inflation-linked securities may not trade at par value. Real interest rates (the market rate of interest less the anticipated rate of inflation) change over time as a result of many factors, such as what investors are demanding as a true value for money. When real rates do change, inflation-linked securities prices will be more sensitive to these changes than conventional bonds, because these securities were sold originally based upon a real interest rate that is no longer prevailing. Should market expectations for real interest rates rise, the price of inflation-linked securities and the share price of a Portfolio holding these securities will fall. Investors in the Portfolios should be prepared to accept not only this share price volatility but also the possible adverse tax consequences it may cause.

An investment in securities featuring inflation-adjusted principal and/or interest involves factors not associated with more traditional fixed-principal securities. Such factors include the possibility that the inflation index may be subject to significant changes, that changes in the index may or may not correlate to changes in interest rates generally or changes in other indices, or that the resulting interest may be greater or less than that payable on other securities of similar maturities. In the event of sustained deflation, it is possible that the amount of semiannual interest payments, the inflation-adjusted principal of the security and the value of the stripped components, will decrease. If any of these possibilities are realized, a Portfolio’s net asset value could be negatively affected.

Inflation-linked Treasury Securities. Inflation-linked U.S. Treasury securities are U.S. Treasury securities with a final value and interest payment stream linked to the inflation rate. Inflation-linked U.S. Treasury securities may be issued in either note or bond form. Inflation-linked U.S. Treasury notes have maturities of at least one year, but not more than 10 years. Inflation-linked U.S. Treasury bonds have maturities of more than 10 years.

Inflation-linked U.S. Treasury securities may be attractive to investors seeking an investment backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government that provides a return in excess of the rate of return or inflation. These securities were first sold in the U.S. market in

 

B-39


Table of Contents

January 1997. Inflation-linked U.S. Treasury securities are auctioned and issued on a quarterly basis.

Structure and Inflation Index – The principal value of inflation-linked U.S. Treasury securities will be adjusted to reflect changes in the level of inflation. The index for measuring the inflation rate for inflation-linked U.S. Treasury securities is the non-seasonally adjusted U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (Consumer Price Index) published monthly by the U.S. Department of Labor’s Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Semiannual coupon interest payments are made at a fixed percentage of the inflation-linked principal value. The coupon rate for the semiannual interest rate of each issuance of inflation-linked U.S. Treasury securities is determined at the time the securities are sold to the public (i.e., by competitive bids in the auction). The coupon rate will likely reflect real yields available in the U.S. Treasury market; real yields are the prevailing yields on U.S. Treasury securities with similar maturities, less then-prevailing inflation expectations. While a reduction in inflation will cause a reduction in the interest payment made on the securities, the repayment of principal at the maturity of the security is guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury to be no less than the original face or par amount of the security at the time of issuance.

Indexing Methodology – The principal value of inflation-linked U.S. Treasury securities will be indexed, or adjusted, to account for changes in the Consumer Price Index. Semiannual coupon interest payment amounts will be determined by multiplying the inflation-linked principal amount by one-half the stated rate of interest on each interest payment date.

Taxation – The taxation of inflation-linked U.S. Treasury securities is similar to the taxation of conventional bonds. Both interest payments and the different between original principal and the inflation-adjusted principal will be treated as interest income subject to taxation. Interest payments are taxable when received or accrued. The inflation adjustment to the principal is subject to tax in the year the adjustment is made, not at maturity of the security when the cash from the repayment of principal is received. If an upward adjustment has been made (which typically should happen), investors is non-tax-deferred accounts will pay taxed on this amount currently. Decreases in the indexed principal can be deducted only from current or previous interest payments reported as income.

Inflation-linked U.S. Treasury securities therefore have a potential cash flow mismatch to an investor, because investors must pay taxes on the inflation-adjusted principal before the repayment of principal is received. It is possible that, particularly for high income tax bracket investors, inflation-liked U.S. Treasury securities would not generate enough income in a given year to cover the tax liability they could create. This is similar to the current tax treatment for zero-coupon bonds and other discount securities. If inflation-linked U.S. Treasury securities are sold prior to maturity, capital losses or gains are realized in the same manner as traditional bonds.

Investors in a Portfolio will receive dividends that represent both the interest payments and the principal adjustments of the inflation-linked securities held in the Portfolio’s portfolio.

 

B-40


Table of Contents

An investment in a Portfolio may, therefore, be a means to avoid the cash flow mismatch associated with a direct investment in inflation-linked securities.

U.S. Government Agencies. A number of U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities other than the U.S. Treasury may issue inflation-linked securities. Some U.S. government agencies have issued inflation-linked securities whose design mirrors that of the inflation-linked U.S. Treasury securities described above.

Other Entities. Entities other than the U.S. Treasury or U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities may issue inflation-linked securities. While some entities have issued inflation-linked securities whose design mirrors that of the inflation-linked U.S. Treasury securities described above, others utilize different structures. For example, the principal value of these securities may be adjusted with reference to the Consumer Price Index, but the semiannual coupon interest payments are made at a fixed percentage of the original issue principal. Alternatively, the principal value may remain fixed, but the coupon interest payments may be adjusted with reference to the Consumer Price Index.

Inverse Floaters

Each Portfolio may hold inverse floaters, if consistent with their respective investment objectives and strategies. An inverse floater is a type of derivative security that bears an interest rate that moves inversely to market interest rates. As market interest rates rise, the interest rate on inverse floaters goes down, and vice versa. Generally, this is accomplished by expressing the interest rate on the inverse floater as an above-market fixed rate of interest, reduced by an amount determined by reference to a market-based or bond-specific floating interest rate (as well as by any fees associated with administering the inverse floater program).

Inverse floaters may be issued in conjunction with an equal amount of Dutch Auction floating-rate bonds (floaters), or a market-based index may be used to set the interest rate on these securities. A Dutch Auction is an auction system in which the price of the security is gradually lowered until it meets a responsive bid and is sold. Floaters and inverse floaters may be brought to market by (1) a broker-dealer who purchase fixed-rate bonds and places them in a trust, or (2) an issuer seeking to reduce interest expenses by using a floater/inverse floater structure in lieu of fixed-rate bonds.

In the case of a broker-dealer structured offering (where underlying fixed-rate bonds have been placed in a trust), distributions from the underlying bonds are allocated to floater and inverse floater holders in the following manner:

 

  (i) Floater holders receive interest based on rates set at a six-month interval or at a Dutch Auction, which is typically held every 28 to 35 days. Current and prospective floater holders bid the minimum interest rate that they are willing to accept on the floaters, and the interest rate is set just high enough to ensure that all of the floaters are sold.

 

B-41


Table of Contents
  (ii) Inverse floater holders receive all of the interest that remains, if any, on the underlying bonds after floater interest and auction fees are paid. The interest rates on inverse floaters may be significantly reduced, even to zero, if interest rates rise.

Procedures for determining the interest payment on floaters and inverse floaters brought to market directly by the issuer are comparable, although the interest paid on the inverse floaters is based on a presumed coupon rate that would have been required to bring fixed-rate bonds to market at the time the floaters and inverse floaters were issued.

Where inverse floaters are issued in conjunction with floaters, inverse floater holders may be given the right to acquire the underlying security (or to create a fixed-rate bond) by calling an equal amount of corresponding floaters. The underlying security may then be held or sold. However, typically, there are time constraints and other limitations associated with any right to combine interests and claim the underlying security.

Floater holders subject to a Dutch Auction procedure generally do not have the right to put back their interests to the issuer or to a third party. If a Dutch Auction fails, the floater holder may be required to hold its position until the underlying bond matures, during which time interest on the floater is capped at a predetermined rate.

The second market for floaters and inverse floaters may be limited. The market value of inverse floaters tends to be significantly more volatile than fixed-rate bonds.

TracersSM/TrainsSM

The Fixed Income Portfolios (other than the Long-Term U.S. Government Bond Portfolio) may invest in TRACERS and TRAINS which represent ownership of a specified percentage of each security in an underlying pool of securities. Owners are entitled to receive a pro rata share of distributions from the underlying securities. In the event an underlying security is downgraded by a rating agency, that portion of the investment product will be redeemed and the underlying security will be distributed to the owner pro rata or the owner may receive cash proceeds. The risk of owning these products are the same as owning the individual securities, but enable the Portfolios to be more diversified by owning a single security.

Event-Linked Exposure

Certain Portfolios may obtain event-linked exposure by investing in “event-linked bonds,” or “event-linked swaps) or implement “event-linked strategies.” Event-linked exposure results in gains that typically are contingent on the non-occurrence of a specific “trigger” event, such as a hurricane, earthquake, or other physical or weather-related phenomena. Some event-linked bonds are commonly referred to as “catastrophe bonds.” They may be issued by government agencies, insurance companies, reinsurers, special purpose corporations or other on-shore or off-shore entities (such special purpose entities are created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective, such as the issuance of a note in connection with a reinsurance transaction). If a trigger event causes losses exceeding a specific amount in the geographic region and time period specified in a bond, a Portfolio investing in the bond may lose a portion

 

B-42


Table of Contents

or all of its principal invested in the bond. If no trigger event occurs, the Portfolio will recover its principal plus interest. For some event-linked bonds, the trigger event or losses may be based on company-wide losses, index-portfolio losses, industry indices, or readings of scientific instruments rather than specific actual losses. Often the event-linked bonds provide for extensions of maturity that are mandatory, or optional at the discretion of the issuer, in order to process and audit loss claims in those cases where a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. An extension of maturity may increase volatility. In addition to the specified trigger events, event-linked bonds may also expose a Portfolio to certain unanticipated risks including but not limited to issuer risk, credit risk, counterparty risk, adverse tax consequences.

Event-linked bonds are a relatively new type of financial instrument. As such, there is no significant trading history of these securities, and there can be no assurance that a liquid market in these instruments will develop. See “Private Placements and Illiquid Assets” below. Lack of a liquid market may impose the risk of higher transaction costs and the possibility that a Portfolio may be forced to liquidate positions when it would not be advantageous to do so. Event-linked bonds are typically rated, and a Portfolio will only invest in catastrophe bonds that meet the credit quality requirements for the Portfolio.

Variable Rate Securities

Each of the Portfolios may invest in variable rate securities. Variable rate securities bear rates of interest that are adjusted periodically or which “float” continuously according to formulae intended to minimize fluctuations in values of the instruments.

Loans and Other Direct Debt Instruments

Each of the Portfolios may invest in loans and other direct debt instruments. Direct debt instruments are interests in amounts owed by a corporate, governmental, or other borrower to lenders or lending syndicates (loans and loan participations), to suppliers of goods or services (trade claims or other receivables), or to other parties. Direct debt instruments involve a risk of loss in case of default or insolvency of the borrower and may offer less legal protection to the purchaser in the event of fraud or misrepresentation, or there may be a requirement that a Portfolio supply additional cash to a borrower on demand.

Purchasers of loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the borrower for payment of interest and repayment of principal. If scheduled interest or principal payments are not made, the value of the instrument may be adversely affected. Loans that are fully secured provide more protections than an unsecured loan in the event of failure to make scheduled interest or principal payments. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral could be liquidated. Indebtedness of borrowers whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks and may be highly speculative. Borrowers that are in bankruptcy or restructuring may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Direct indebtedness of developing countries also involves a risk that the governmental entities responsible for the repayment of the debt may be unable, or unwilling, to pay interest and repay principal when due.

 

B-43


Table of Contents

Investments in loans through direct assignment of a financial institution’s interests with respect to a loan may involve additional risks. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, the purchaser could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, a purchaser could be held liable as a co-lender. Direct debt instruments may also involve a risk of insolvency of the lending bank or other intermediary. A loan is often administered by a bank or other financial institution that acts as agent for all holders. The agent administers the terms of the loan, as specified in the loan agreement. Unless, under the terms of the loan or other indebtedness, the purchaser has direct recourse against the borrower, the purchaser may have to rely on the agent to apply appropriate credit remedies against a borrower. If assets held by the agent for the benefit of a purchaser were determined to be subject to the claims of the agent’s general creditors, the purchaser might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on the loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal or interest. Direct indebtedness may include letters of credit, revolving credit facilities, or other standby financing commitments that obligate purchasers to make additional cash payments on demand. These commitments may have the effect of requiring a purchaser to increase its investment in a borrower at a time when it would not otherwise have done so, even if the borrower’s condition makes it unlikely that the amount will ever be repaid.

The Portfolios limit the amount of total assets that they will invest in issuers within the same industry (see the Portfolios’ investment limitations). For purposes of these limitations, a Portfolio generally will treat the borrower as the “issuer” of indebtedness held by the Portfolio. In the case of loan participations where a bank or other lending institution serves as financial intermediary between a Portfolio and the borrower, if the participation does not shift to the Portfolio the direct debtor-creditor relationship with the borrower, SEC interpretations require a Portfolio, in appropriate circumstances, to treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the borrower as “issuers” for these purposes. Treating a financial intermediary as an issuer of indebtedness may restrict a Portfolio’s ability to invest in indebtedness related to a single financial intermediary, or a group of intermediaries engaged in the same industry, even if the underlying borrowers represent many different companies and industries.

Firm Commitment Agreements and “When-Issued” Securities

Each Portfolio may enter into firm commitment agreements for the purchase of securities at an agreed upon price on a specified future date. A Portfolio may purchase new issues of securities on a “when-issued” basis, whereby the payment obligation and interest rate on the instruments are fixed at the time of the transaction. Such transactions might be entered into, for example, when the manager of a Portfolio anticipates a decline in the yield of securities of a given issuer and is able to obtain a more advantageous yield by committing currently to purchase securities to be issued or delivered later.

A Portfolio will not enter into such a transaction for the purpose of investment leverage. Liability for the purchase price—and all the rights and risks of ownership of the securities—accrue to the Portfolio at the time it becomes obligated to purchase such securities, although delivery and payment occur at a later date. Accordingly, if the market price of the security should decline, the effect of the agreement would be to obligate the Portfolio to purchase the security at a price above the current market price on the date of delivery and payment. During the time the

 

B-44


Table of Contents

Portfolio is obligated to purchase such securities it will maintain in a segregated account U.S. Government securities, high-grade debt obligations, or cash or cash equivalents of an aggregate current value sufficient to make payment for the securities. The longer the period between purchase and settlement, the greater the risks and the longer the period during which alternative investment options are unavailable to the Portfolio.

Eurodollar Certificates of Deposit

Each of the Portfolios may purchase Eurodollar certificates of deposit issued by foreign branches of U.S. banks, but consideration will be given to their marketability and possible restrictions on the flow of international currency transactions. Investment in such securities involves considerations which are not ordinarily associated with investing in domestic instruments, including currency exchange control regulations, the possibility of expropriation, seizure, or nationalization of foreign deposits, less liquidity and increased volatility in foreign securities markets, and the impact of political, social or diplomatic developments or the adoption of other foreign government restrictions that might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest. If the Portfolio were to invoke legal processes, it might encounter greater difficulties abroad than in the United States.

Dollar Roll Transactions

Dollar roll transactions consist of the sale by a portfolio to a bank or broker/dealer (the “counterparty”) of mortgage-backed securities together with a commitment to purchase from the counterparty similar, but not identical, securities at a future date, at a similar price. Dollar roll transactions may also consist solely of a commitment to purchase mortgage-backed securities from the counterparty. The counterparty receives all principal and interest payments, including prepayments, made on the security while it is the holder. A Portfolio will receive compensation as consideration for entering into the commitment to purchase. The compensation can be in the form of a fee or a reduction in the repurchase price of the security. Typically, a Portfolio will receive a reduction in the repurchase price of the security and a cash settlement made at the renewal without physical delivery of securities. Dollar rolls may be renewed over a period of several months with a different purchase and repurchase price fixed and a cash settlement made at each renewal without physical delivery of securities. Moreover, the transaction may be preceded by a firm commitment agreement pursuant to which a portfolio agrees to buy a security on a future date.

A portfolio will segregate cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid assets in an amount sufficient to meet their purchase obligations under the transactions. A portfolio will also maintain asset coverage of at least 300% for all outstanding firm commitments, dollar rolls and other borrowings.

Dollar rolls may be treated for purposes of the 1940 Act, as borrowings of a Portfolio because they involve the sale of a security coupled with an agreement to repurchase. A dollar roll involves costs to a Portfolio. For example, while a Portfolio receives compensation as consideration for agreeing to repurchase the security, a Portfolio forgoes the right to receive all principal and interest payments while the counterparty holds the security. These payments to the counterparty may exceed the compensation received by a Portfolio, thereby effectively charging

 

B-45


Table of Contents

a Portfolio interest on its borrowings. Further, although a Portfolio can estimate the amount of expected principal prepayment over the term of the dollar roll, a variation in the actual amount of prepayment could increase or decrease the cost of a Portfolio’s borrowing.

The entry into dollar rolls involves potential risks of loss that are different from those related to the securities underlying the transactions. For example, if the counterparty becomes insolvent, a Portfolio’s right to purchase from the counterparty might be restricted. Additionally, the value of such securities may change adversely before a Portfolio is able to purchase them. Similarly, a Portfolio may be required to purchase securities in connection with a dollar roll at a higher price than may otherwise be available on the open market. Since, as noted above, the counterparty is required to deliver a similar, but not identical security to a Portfolio, the security that a Portfolio is required to buy under the dollar roll may be worth less than an identical security. Finally, there can be no assurance that a Portfolio’s use of the cash that it receives from a dollar roll will provide a return that exceeds borrowing costs.

Private Placement Transactions and Illiquid Assets

Each Portfolio may invest up to 15% of its total assets in securities acquired in private placement transactions and other illiquid assets. For the purpose of determining each Portfolio’s net asset value, these assets will be valued at their fair value as determined in good faith by the Portfolio’s Directors. If a Portfolio should have occasion to sell an investment in restricted securities at a time when the market for such investments is unfavorable, a considerable period may elapse between the time when the decision to sell it is made and the time when the Portfolio will be able to sell the investment, with a possible adverse effect upon the amount to be realized from the sale.

Notwithstanding these limitations a Portfolio may purchase securities which, though not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), are eligible for purchase and sale pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. Rule 144A permits unregistered securities to be traded among qualified institutional investors, including the Portfolios. Rule 144A securities that are determined to be liquid are not subject to the limitations on illiquid assets. A Portfolio’s investment adviser or sub-adviser determines and monitors the liquidity status of each Rule 144A security in which a Portfolio invests, subject to supervision and oversight by the Board of Directors of the Portfolio. The investment adviser or sub-adviser takes into account all of the factors which may have a material bearing on the ability of the Portfolio to dispose of the security in seven days or less, at a price reasonably consistent with the value used to determine the Portfolio’s net asset value per share, including the following factors: (1) the frequency and volume of trades, (2) the number and sources of price quotes, (3) the number, and identity, of dealers willing to purchase or sell the issue, and the number and identity of other potential purchasers, (4) any dealer undertakings to make a market in the security, (5) the nature of the security, and (6) the nature of the market in which the issue is traded, including the time typically required to make trades, the methods of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer. With respect to sub-advised Portfolios, the Adviser takes into account the views of the Sub-Adviser with respect to the foregoing factors.

 

B-46


Table of Contents

Securities Lending

The Portfolios currently may not lend portfolio securities to broker-dealers or other qualified institutions. In the event the Portfolios are permitted to lend portfolio securities, the loans must be continuously secured by collateral at least equal at all times to the value of the securities lent, marked to market on a daily basis. The collateral received will consist of money market instruments and other liquid assets. While the securities are being lent, the Portfolio will continue to receive the equivalent of the interest or dividends paid by the issuer of the securities, as well as interest on the investment of the collateral or a fee from the borrower. The Portfolios have the right to call each loan and obtain the securities within the normal settlement period for the securities. The risks in lending portfolio securities consist of possible delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral if the borrower defaults. Securities loans will be made only to borrowers found by the Adviser to be creditworthy and will not be made unless, in the judgment of the Adviser, the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk.

Securities on Restricted Lists

A Portfolio may be precluded from purchasing or selling securities of issuers that from time to time are placed on the restricted lists of the Portfolio’s investment adviser (or its Sub-Adviser) or certain of its corporate affiliates. An issuer may be placed on one or more of these restricted lists, for example, (i) when certain employees of an adviser or its corporate affiliates come into possession of what may be material, nonpublic information or (ii) as necessary to ensure compliance with other securities laws or regulations. The presence of an issuer or security on the restricted list of a Portfolio’s investment adviser or Sub-Adviser or certain of its corporate affiliates could impair the Portfolio’s ability to sell and buy securities.

Risk Factors for Foreign Securities, Foreign Currencies and Foreign Interest Rates

Foreign Securities. Each Portfolio may invest all or a portion of its assets in foreign securities, meaning securities of issues domiciled in foreign countries.

There may be less publicly available information about foreign companies comparable to the reports and ratings published about companies in the U.S. Foreign companies are not generally subject to uniform accounting or financial reporting standards, and auditing practices and requirements may not be comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies. The Portfolios, therefore, may encounter difficulty in obtaining market quotations for purposes of valuing their assets and calculating their net asset value. Foreign markets have substantially less volume than the New York Stock Exchange and securities of some foreign companies are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. Commission rates in foreign countries, which are generally fixed rather than subject to negotiation as in the U.S., are likely to be higher. In many foreign countries there is less government supervision and regulation of stock exchanges, brokers and listed companies than in the U.S. To the extent issues domiciled in the U.S. have extensive business markets or operations overseas, certain of these risk factors may also be present when investing in the securities of those U.S. issuers.

Emerging markets. Investments in companies domiciled in developing countries may be subject to potentially higher risks than investments in developed countries. These risks may be greater for some emerging market countries than others. Currently, emerging market countries

 

B-47


Table of Contents

include, for example, China, India and a number of countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America and Southeast Asia. These risks include (i) less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the small current size of the markets for such securities and the currently low or nonexistent volume of trading, which result in a lack of liquidity and in greater price volatility; (iii) certain national policies which may restrict each Portfolio’s investment opportunities, including restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests; (iv) foreign taxation; (v) the absence of developed legal structures governing private or foreign investment or allowing for judicial redress for injury to private property; (vi) the absence, until recently in many developing countries, of a capital market structure or market-oriented economy; and (vii) the possibility that recent favorable economic developments in some developing countries may be slowed or reversed by unanticipated political or social events in such countries.

In addition, many countries in which the Portfolios may invest have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had and may continue to have negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain countries. Moreover, the economies of some developing countries may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, currency depreciation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.

Investments in developing countries may involve risks of nationalization, expropriation and confiscatory taxation. For example, the Communist governments of a number of Eastern European countries expropriated large amounts of private property in the past, in many cases without adequate compensation, and there can be no assurance that such expropriation will not occur in the future. In the event of expropriation, each Portfolio could lose a substantial portion of any investments it has made in the affected countries. Further, no accounting standards exist in certain developing countries. Finally, even though the currencies of some developing countries, such as certain Eastern European countries, may be convertible into U.S. dollars, the conversion rates may be artificial to the actual market values and may be adverse to the shareholders of a Portfolio.

Currency. Each Portfolio’s management endeavors to buy and sell foreign currencies on as favorable a basis as practicable. Some price spread in currency exchange (to cover service charges) will be incurred, particularly when a Portfolio changes investments from one country to another or when proceeds of the sale of shares in U.S. dollars are used for purchase of securities in foreign countries. Also, some countries may adopt policies which would prevent the Portfolios from transferring cash out of the country or withhold portions of interest and dividends at the source. There is the possibility of cessation of trading on national exchanges, expropriation, nationalization or confiscatory taxation, withholding and other foreign taxes on income or other amounts, foreign exchange controls (which may include suspension of the ability to transfer currency from a given country), default in foreign government securities, political or social instability, or diplomatic developments which could affect investments in securities of issuers in foreign nations.

Each Portfolio may be affected either unfavorably or favorably by fluctuations in the relative rates of exchange between the currencies of different nations, by exchange control regulations and by indigenous economic and political developments. Further, certain currencies

 

B-48


Table of Contents

may not be internationally traded. Some countries in which the Portfolios may invest may also have fixed or managed currencies that are not free-floating against the U.S. dollar.

Certain currencies may experience a steady devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar. Any devaluations in the currencies in which a Portfolio’s securities are denominated may have a detrimental impact on that Portfolio. A Portfolio’s manager endeavors to follow a flexible policy seeking to avoid unfavorable consequences and to take advantage of favorable developments that may impact securities denominated in foreign currencies. The exercise of this flexible policy may include decisions to buy securities with substantial risk characteristics and other decisions such as changing the emphasis on investments from one nation to another and from one type of security to another. Some of these decisions may later prove profitable and others may not. No assurance can be given that profits, if any, will exceed losses.

Foreign interest rates. To the extent each Portfolio invests in debt securities denominated in a particular foreign currency, changes in interest rates in the domicile country of that currency will affect the value of the assets so invested and, consequently, the Portfolio’s share price. Rising interest rates in a foreign country, which often occur during times of inflation or a growing economy, are likely to cause the face value of a debt security denominated in that country’s currency to decrease, having a negative effect on the value of the Portfolio’s shares. Of course, interest rates have increased and decreased, sometimes very dramatically, in the past. These changes are likely to occur again in the future at unpredictable times. Fluctuations in foreign interest rates will not necessarily correspond with fluctuations in U.S. interest rates.

Initial Public Offerings

Each Portfolio may participate in initial public offerings. For IPO offerings in which the adviser or Sub-Adviser of a Portfolio is offered a relatively small number of shares, a disproportionate number of such shares may be allocated to that Portfolio, in the adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s discretion.

Portfolio Turnover

Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year or within a year depending upon economic, market and business conditions. The annual portfolio turnover rates of the Portfolios cannot be accurately predicted. Factors that might cause actual portfolio rates to differ from anticipated rates include, for example, market and economic factors, and portfolio re-positioning in response to a shift in strategy or outlook. Short-term debt securities are excluded in the calculation of portfolio turnover rates. U.S. Government securities are included in the calculation of portfolio turnover rates. The Portfolios commenced operations on May 1, 2007 and as of the date hereof did not have any historical portfolio turnover rates.

U.S. Government and Government Agency Obligations

U.S Government Obligations. U.S. Government obligations are debt securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Treasury. These securities include treasury bills, notes and bonds.

 

B-49


Table of Contents

GNMA Obligations. GNMA obligations are mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association which guarantee is supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

U.S Agency Obligations. U.S. Government agency obligations are debt securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government pursuant to authority granted by Congress. U.S. Government agency obligations include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Student Loan Marketing Association,

 

   

Federal Home Loan Banks,

 

   

Federal Intermediate Credit Banks and

 

   

the Federal National Mortgage Association.

U S. Instrumentality Obligations. U.S. instrumentality obligations include, but are not limited to, the Export-Import Bank and Farmers Home Administration.

Some obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury or the Federal Reserve Banks, such as those issued by Federal Intermediate Credit Banks. Others, such as those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mad’) are supported by discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality. In addition, other obligations such as those issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the agency or instrumentality. There are also separately traded interest components of securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury.

No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government will provide financial support for the obligations of such U.S. Government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities in the fixture, since it is not obligated to do so by law. In this document, “U.S. Government securities” refers not only to securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Treasury but also to securities that are backed only by their own credit and not the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

Money Market Instruments

Money market instruments, or short-term debt instruments, consist of obligations such as commercial paper, bank obligations (e.g., certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances), repurchase agreements, and various government obligations, such as Treasury bills. Money market instruments may be structured to be, or may employ a trust of other form so that they are, eligible investments for money market funds. For example, put features can be used to modify the maturity of a security or interest rate adjustment features can be used to enhance price stability. If a structure fails to function as intended, adverse tax or investment consequences may result. Neither the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) nor any other regulatory authority has ruled definitively on certain legal issues presented by certain structured securities. Future tax or other

 

B-50


Table of Contents

regulatory determinations could adversely affect the value, liquidity, or tax treatment of the income received from these securities. Commercial paper is a money market instrument issued by banks or companies to raise money for short-term purposes. Unlike some other debt obligations, commercial paper is typically unsecured. Commercial paper may be issued as an asset-backed security.

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at the stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and being interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits. A Portfolio will not invest in fixed time deposits which (1) are not subject to prepayment or (2) provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight de posits) if, in the aggregate, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in such deposits, repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days and other illiquid assets.

Obligations of foreign banks involve somewhat different investment risks than those affecting obligations of U.S. banks, including the possibilities that their liquidity could be impaired because of future political and economic developments, that their obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of U.S. banks, that a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding taxes on interest income payable on those obligations, that foreign deposits may be seized or nationalized, that foreign governmental restrictions such as exchange controls may be adopted which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on those obligations and that the selection of those obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks or the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to U.S. banks. Foreign banks are not generally subject to examination by an U.S. Government agency or instrumentality.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

General

The Board of Directors of the Fund is responsible for setting and overseeing the investment objectives and policies of the Fund, but delegates daily management of the Fund to the investment adviser, the Sub-Advisers where applicable and the officers of the Fund. Information about the Directors and Officers of the Fund, together with a brief description of their principal occupations during the past five years, the year they were first elected or appointed to their position with the Fund and certain other information is set forth in Appendix B.

 

B-51


Table of Contents

An Audit Committee and Nominating Committee have been established for the Fund. The purpose of the Audit Committee is to act for the Board in overseeing the integrity of the Fund’s financial statements. To perform this function, the Audit Committee has direct access to the Fund Officers and internal auditors, as well as the independent accountants. In addition, the Audit Committee may meet with other members of management and employees when, in its judgment, such meetings are warranted. The Nominating Committee is authorized to select and nominate those Directors of the Fund who are not “interested persons” of the Fund (as that term is defined in section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act). As of April 30, 2007, the Audit and Nominating Committees were comprised of Ms. Allison and Messrs. Huffman, Knetter, McIntosh and Smith, each of whom is not an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of the 1940 Act. The Audit Committee normally meets as scheduled in conjunction with Board meetings four times a year. Four meetings of the Audit Committee were held in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. The Nominating Committee meets when necessary to consider the nomination of new Directors. Three meetings of the Nominating Committee were held in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.

Codes of Ethics

The Fund, Mason Street Advisors, LLC and Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC, as well as each of the Sub-Advisers to the Portfolios, have adopted codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. These codes permit personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund.

Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreements

On an annual basis, the Directors of the Fund request and evaluate information that they and the Fund’s investment adviser determine to reasonably be necessary for the Directors to evaluate the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreements between the Fund and its investment adviser, Mason Street Advisors, LLC, in accordance with their respective responsibilities under the 1940 Act. A discussion regarding the action taken and the basis for approval by the Fund’s Board of Directors of each advisory and sub-advisory agreement approved during the reporting period will appear in the Fund’s annual and semi-annual shareholder reports when issued.

Compensation of Officers and Directors

The Fund pays no salaries or compensation to any of its officers or directors employed by Northwestern Mutual. During fiscal year 2006, Mason Street Advisors, LLC, the investment advisor to the Fund, paid Messrs. McIntosh and Smith for their services as Directors of the Fund, a total of $54,500 per year, consisting of a $35,000 retainer and $19,500 in meeting fees. Ms. Allison joined the board in August 2006 and received a $17,500 retainer (representing a pro rata portion of the $35,000 retainer), and $10,000 in meeting fees. (Messrs. McIntosh and Smith also received $1,500 each from Mason Street Funds, Inc. for their services as a director of such funds during 2006. Mason Street Funds, Inc., a member of the “Fund Complex” in the chart below, was a registered open-end investment company for which MSA served as investment advisor. As of March 31, 2006, the portfolios of the Mason Street Funds, Inc. were reorganized into newly created and existing funds that are part of mutual fun families not overseen by the Directors.)

 

B-52


Table of Contents

Director compensation is established by the Directors and is reevaluated annually, typically at its meeting in February.

The table below sets forth the compensation paid to the Directors of the Fund during the 2006 fiscal year, including payments they received from the Mason Street Funds for services as directors of the Mason Street Funds.

Compensation Table

 

(1) Name of Person, Position

  

(2)

Aggregate
Compensation

From
Registrant

  

(3)

Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Accrued
as Part of Fund
Expenses

  

(4)

Estimated Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement

  

(5)

Total
Compensation
From Series Fund
Registrant and
Fund Complex
Paid to Directors
in 2006

Interested Director

           

Edward J. Zore

Director

   None    None    None      None

Independent Directors1

           

Louis A. Holland2

   None    None    None    $ 33,000

Miriam A. Allison,3

Director

   None    None    None    $ 27,500

William A. McIntosh,

Director

   None    None    None    $ 56,000

Michael G. Smith

Director

   None    None    None    $ 56,000

Directors’ Holdings in the Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.

The following table sets forth the Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. Portfolio holdings as of December 31, 2006, of the independent and interested directors, who were directors on May 1, 2007. These holdings are indirect, based on investments in variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance


1

Mr. Martin F. Stein, a former director, died in March 2006 and is therefore not included in this chart. Messrs. Huffman and Knetter were not directors during 2006 and therefore are not included in the chart.

2

Mr. Holland resigned as a director of the Fund in April 2006.

3

Ms. Allison was elected as a director in August 2006 and therefore did not serve for the entire fiscal year represented by the chart.

 

B-53


Table of Contents

Company. In addition, as of                     , 2007, the directors and officers of the Fund as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each Portfolio. The independent directors would no longer be considered independent if they were to invest in variable annuity contracts and variable life policies issued by Northwestern Mutual (and thereby indirectly invest in the Portfolios).

 

     Smith    McIntosh    Allison    Huffman    Knetter    Zore*
Aggregate Holdings,    NONE    NONE    NONE    NONE    NONE    NONE
All Portfolios                  

American Century Large

Company Value Portfolio

   None    None    None    None    None    None

Capital Guardian Large Cap Core

Research Portfolio

   None    None    None    None    None    None

Index 600 Stock Portfolio

   None    None    None    None    None    None

MFS Emerging Markets Portfolio

   None    None    None    None    None    None

PIMCO Diversified Income

Portfolio

   None    None    None    None    None    None

MFS Research International

Portfolio

   None    None    None    None    None    None

American Century Inflation

Protection Portfolio

   None    None    None    None    None    None

Short Term Bond Portfolio

   None    None    None    None    None    None

PIMCO Long-Term U.S.

Government Bond Portfolio

   None    None    None    None    None    None

* Mr. Zore is an Interested Director, as described in the “Management of the Fund - General” section.

OWNERSHIP OF SHARES OF THE FUND

All of the outstanding shares of the Fund are held by Northwestern Mutual for its General Account and for its separate investment accounts used for variable annuity contracts and variable income policies. Additional shares are being offered only to Northwestern Mutual and the separate investment accounts. Northwestern Mutual is a Wisconsin corporation.

The tables set forth in Appendix C show the allocation of shares of the Portfolios of the Fund among the General Account and the separate investment accounts as of March 31, 2007.

 

B-54


Table of Contents

The shares held in connection with certain of the separate investment accounts are voted by Northwestern Mutual in accordance with instructions received from owners of variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies. The shares held in its General Account are voted by Northwestern Mutual in the same proportions as the shares held in connection with these separate investment accounts. If applicable laws or regulations change so as to permit Northwestern Mutual to vote the Fund shares in its own discretion, it may elect to do so.

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

The Adviser

The Fund’s investment adviser, Mason Street Advisors, LLC (“MSA”), is a wholly-owned company of Northwestern Mutual. MSA and its predecessor, Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC, have served as investment adviser to each of the mutual funds sponsored by Northwestern Mutual. The adviser provides investment advice and recommendations regarding the purchase and sale of securities for the Portfolios and the selection of brokers pursuant to Investment Advisory Agreements (the “Agreements”). Each Agreement provides that the adviser will also provide certain services and pay the expenses of the Fund for certain other administrative services, office space and facilities and the services of all directors, officers and employees of the Fund. Each Portfolio pays its own expenses for fees for services rendered by the custodian, legal counsel and auditors; costs of Federal registrations of Fund shares; expenses of meetings and reports; taxes; and brokerage and other expenses directly related to portfolio transactions.

For acting as investment adviser and for providing such services and paying such expenses the adviser is paid a monthly fee at the annual rates set forth in the prospectus for the respective Portfolios. The Fund also pays all interest charges, brokerage commissions, taxes and extraordinary expenses incurred in connection with the operation of the Fund. Expenses paid by the Fund are charged to the Portfolios to which the expenses relate.

The Portfolios had not commenced operations during the Fund’s last fiscal year and, therefore, the Portfolios paid no advisory fees to MSA during that period.

MSA employs a staff of investment professionals to manage the assets of the Fund and the other advisory clients of MSA. Northwestern Mutual provides related facilities and personnel which are utilized by MSA in performing its obligations under the Agreements.

“Northwestern Mutual Life” is the name and service mark of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company and the right of the Fund to use the name and mark is subject to the consent of Northwestern Mutual. Under the Agreement providing such consent, the Fund recognizes the prior rights of Northwestern Mutual in the name and mark, agrees that use of the name and mark by the Fund will inure to the benefit of Northwestern Mutual and agrees that its right to use the name and mark can be terminated by Northwestern Mutual and will automatically be terminated if at any time MSA ceases to be the investment adviser to the Fund or if MSA ceases to be an affiliated company of Northwestern Mutual.

 

B-55


Table of Contents

The Sub-Advisers

American Century Investment Management, Inc. (“American Century”), 4500 Main Street, Kansas City, Missouri 64111, provides investment services to the American Century Large Company Value Portfolio and the American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio, pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement. American Century has been managing funds since 1958. It is responsible for managing the investments of the American Century Large Company Value Portfolio and the American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio and directing the purchase and sale of their investment securities. For the services provided for the American Century Large Company Value Portfolio, MSA pays American Century a fee at an annual rate of 0.47% on the first $100 million, 0.42% on the next $150 million and 0.38% on assets in excess of $250 million. For the services provided for the American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio, MSA pays American Century a fee at an annual rate of 0.32% on the first $100 million, 0.30% $250 million on the next $150 million and 0.25% on assets in excess of $250 million.

Capital Guardian Trust Company (“Capital Guardian”), 333 South Hope Street, Los Angeles, California 90071, provides investment services to the Capital Guardian Large Cap Blend Portfolio, pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement. Capital Guardian is a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of The Capital Group Companies, Inc. Capital Guardian has been providing investment management services since 1968. For the services provided, MSA pays Capital Guardian a fee at an annual rate of 0.46% on the first $150 million, 0.40% on the next $150 million, 0.35% on the next $200 million, and 0.30% on assets in excess of $500 million. A fee discount may apply based on the aggregated annual fees paid on assets managed by Capital Guardian for Northwestern Mutual and its affiliates.

Massachusetts Financial Company (“MFS”), 500 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02101, provides investment advisory services to the MFS Emerging Markets Portfolio and the MFS Research International Large Cap Core Portfolio. Subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors and the Adviser, MFS is responsible for managing the Portfolios’ investments, executing transactions. MFS is America’s oldest mutual fund organization. MFS and its predecessor organizations have a history of money management dating from 1924 and the founding of the first mutual fund, Massachusetts Investors Trust. For the services provided to the MFS Emerging Markets Portfolio, MSA pays MFS a fee at an annual rate of 0.80% on the first $250 million, 0.75% on the next $250 million, 0.65% on the next $500 million, and 0.50% on assets in excess of $1 billion. For fee services provided to the MFS Research International Large Cap Core Portfolio, MSA pays MFS a fee at an annual rate of 0.55% on the first $250 million, 0.50% on the next $250 million, 0.45% on the next $500 million, and 0.40% on assets in excess of $1 billion.

Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO”), 840 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660, provides investment advisory services to the PIMCO Multi-Sector Bond Portfolio and the PIMCO Long-Term U.S. Government Bond Portfolio. PIMCO is a majority-owed subsidiary of Allianz Global Investors of America L.P. Allianz SE is the indirect majority owner of Allianz Global Investors of America L.P. Allianz SE is a European-based, multi-national insurance and financial services holding company. Subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors and their Adviser, PIMCO is responsible for managing the investment activities of the PIMCO Multi-Sector Bond Portfolio and the PIMCO Long-Term U.S. Government Bond Portfolio. Organized in 1971, PIMCO provides investment management

 

B-56


Table of Contents

and advisory services to private accounts of institutional and individual clients and to mutual funds. For services provided to the PIMCO Multi-Sector Bond Portfolio, MSA pays PIMCO at the annual rate of 0.45% of the Portfolio’s net assets. For services provided to the PIMCO Long-Term U.S. Government Bond Portfolio, MSA pays PIMCO at the annual rate of 0.225% of the Portfolio’s net assets.

Northwestern Mutual is the licensee under a License Agreement with Standard & Poor’s, dated as of             , 2007 for the S&P SmallCap 600® Index relating to the Fund as well as certain other mutual funds sponsored by Northwestern Mutual. The following disclaimers and limitations are included in accordance with the requirements of the License Agreements:

The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor’s (“S&P®”), a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and none of the Portfolios of the Fund is so sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted. S&P® makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Fund or any of its Portfolios or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Fund or any of its Portfolios particularly or the ability of the S&P SmallCap 600® Index to track general stock market performance. S&P®’s only relationship to the Licensee is the licensing of certain trademarks and trade names of S&P® and of the S&P SmallCap 600® Index which is determined, composed and calculated by S&P® without regard to the Licensee or the Fund. S&P® has no obligation to take the needs of the Licensee or the owners of the Fund or any of its Portfolios into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the S&P SmallCap 600® Index. S&P® is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the timing of, prices at, or quantities of the Fund or any of its Portfolios to be issued or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Fund or any of its Portfolios is to be converted into cash. S&P® has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Fund.

S&P® DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE S&P SMALLCAP 600® INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN AND S&P® SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. S&P® MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY LICENSEE, OWNERS OF THE FUND, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P SMALLCAP 600® INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. S&P® MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE S&P SMALLCAP 600® INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL S&P® HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS), EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

Custodians

The custodian for the Balanced and Select Bond Portfolios is Mellon Bank, N.A., One Mellon Bank Center, Room 1035, Pittsburgh, PA 15258. The custodian for the Franklin

 

B-57


Table of Contents

Templeton International Equity, International Growth Stock, MFS Emerging Markets and MFS Research International Large Cap Core Portfolios and for foreign securities held by the other Portfolios is Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 40 Water Street, Boston, MA 02109. The custodian for domestic securities held by the other Portfolios is J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017-2070. The custodians maintain custody of securities and other assets of the respective Portfolios and perform certain services in connection with the purchase, sale, exchange and pledge of securities of the Portfolios.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 100 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1800, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, is the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund and performs auditing services for the Fund.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

Information regarding the Fund’s portfolio managers, including other accounts managed, compensation, ownership of fund shares, and possible conflicts of interest, is set forth in Appendix D.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Capital Guardian Trust Company, Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC and/or their respective affiliates are subject to certain legal and regulatory proceedings. Information regarding certain of these proceedings is described in Appendix E. None of these matters relate to the Fund, any of the Portfolios, Mason Street Advisors, or Northwestern Mutual. In addition, each Sub-Adviser has stated that it is not currently subject to any legal or regulatory proceedings (including proceedings described in Appendix E), that would materially affect its ability to perform services for the Portfolio(s) for which they perform sub-advisory services or otherwise materially affect the Fund or the Portfolios.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

The Directors of the Fund have delegated to the Funds’ investment adviser and the Sub-Advisers the authority to vote all proxies relating to the Portfolios’ portfolio securities in accordance with the policies and procedures adopted by the investment adviser and the respective Sub-Advisers. These policies and procedures, or summaries thereof, are set forth in Appendix F. Copies of the Fund’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 may be obtained, without charge, by calling 1-888-455-2232, and on the SEC’s internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

Fixed-income securities are generally purchased from the issuer or a primary market-maker acting as principal for the securities on a net basis, with no brokerage commission being paid by the Fund, although the price usually includes undisclosed compensation. Transactions

 

B-58


Table of Contents

placed through dealers serving as primary market-makers reflect the spread between the bid and ask prices. Securities may also be purchased from underwriters at prices which include underwriting fees. Transactions on U.S. stock exchanges and other agency transactions involve the payment by the Fund of negotiated brokerage commissions. Such commissions vary among different brokers. Also, a particular broker may charge different commissions according to such factors as the difficulty and size of the transaction. In the case of securities traded on some foreign stock exchanges, brokerage commissions may be fixed and the investment adviser or Sub-Adviser may be unable to negotiate commission rates for these transactions.

In executing transactions for the purchase or sale of portfolio securities on behalf of the Fund, the investment adviser, or Sub-Adviser in the case of the Portfolios for which Sub-Advisers have been retained, will attempt to obtain “best execution” for the Portfolio - the best combination of transaction execution services, taking into account the services and products to be provided by the broker or dealer, and low relative commission rates with the view of maximizing value for the Funds and other advisory clients. In effecting purchases and sales of portfolio securities in transactions on United States stock exchanges for the account of the Fund, the investment adviser or Sub-Adviser may pay higher commission rates than the lowest available when the investment adviser or Sub-Adviser believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the broker effecting the transaction. The determination and evaluation of the reasonableness of the brokerage commissions paid are based to a large degree on the professional opinions of the persons within the trading department of the manager responsible for placement and review of the transactions. These opinions are based on the experience of these individuals in the securities industry and information available to them about the level of commissions being paid by other institutional investors.

Some securities considered for investment by the Fund’s Portfolios may also be appropriate for other clients served by the investment adviser or Sub-Adviser. If a purchase or sale of securities consistent with the investment policies of a Portfolio and one or more of these clients served by the investment adviser or Sub-Adviser is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be allocated among the Portfolios and clients in a manner believed to be fair and reasonable by the investment adviser or Sub-Adviser. In some cases this procedure could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security so far as a Portfolio is concerned. In other cases it is possible that the ability to participate in volume transactions may improve execution and reduce transaction costs to a Portfolio.

As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the investment adviser or Sub-Adviser may cause a Portfolio it advises to pay certain brokers commissions that are higher than those another broker may charge, if the investment adviser or Sub-Adviser determines in good faith that the amount paid is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services it receives. This may be viewed in terms of either the particular transaction or the investment adviser or Sub-Adviser’s overall responsibilities to its client accounts over which it exercises investment discretion. Consistent with this practice, the investment adviser or Sub-Adviser may receive research services from many broker-dealers with which the investment adviser or Sub-Adviser places portfolio transactions. Research provided can be either proprietary (created and provided by the broker-dealer, including tangible research products as well as access to analysts and traders) or third-party (created by a third party but

 

B-59


Table of Contents

provided by the broker-dealer). These services, which in some cases may also be purchased for cash, include supplying information about particular companies, markets, or countries, statistical data, quotations and other securities pricing information, evaluations of securities, recommendations as to the purchase or sale of securities and other information that provides lawful and appropriate assistance to the manager in carrying out its investment advisory responsibilities. Although these services may be of value to the investment adviser or Sub-Adviser in advising its various clients (including the Portfolios), not all of these services are necessarily useful and of value in managing a Portfolio.

The Portfolios had not commenced operations during the Fund’s last fiscal year and, therefore, the Portfolios did not pay brokerage commissions on agency transactions during the last fiscal year or purchase securities of “regular brokers or dealers” or their parent companies during the last fiscal year.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Directors of the Fund have adopted a Policy on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and related procedures (the “Holdings Disclosure Policy and Procedures”) to govern the dissemination of Portfolio holdings information. It is the policy of the Fund to disclose the holdings in its Portfolios only in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, and in accordance with the Holdings Disclosure Policy and Procedures. It is also the policy of the Fund to disclose material non-public Portfolio holdings information only where there is a legitimate business purpose for doing so and where there is a reasonable belief that the recipient will keep the information confidential and use it only for the purposes for which it was provided. The Fund has directed its adviser and Sub-Advisers to adhere to the Holdings Disclosure Policy and Procedures. The Fund reserves the right to amend the Holdings Disclosure Policy and Procedures at any time and from time to time, without prior notice, in its sole discretion.

The procedures applicable to disclosure of Portfolio holdings vary depending on whether or not the information to be disclosed is publicly available. Information regarding a Portfolio’s sector or industry weightings and other investment portfolio characteristics that does not refer to specific securities by name is not subject to the Holdings Disclosure Policy and Procedures.

Disclosure of Publicly Available Holdings Information

The Fund makes each Portfolio’s complete holdings available semi-annually in its annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The Fund also makes this information available semi-annually in filings on Form N-CSR, and after the first and third fiscal quarters in filings on Form N-Q. These regulatory filings normally are filed with the SEC within 45 to 60 days after the end of the Fund’s fiscal quarter. Once the Portfolio’s holdings information is filed with the SEC in this manner, it is considered publicly available for purposes of the Holdings Disclosure Policy and Procedures.

In addition, a list of the ten largest holdings for each Portfolio, the percentage of Portfolio net assets that each such holding represents, and a list of each Portfolio’s full holdings, as of the most recent calendar-quarter end, is normally posted on the internet at www.nmfn.com. The information may be found in either (1) the life insurance section of the “Insurance Products”

 

B-60


Table of Contents

page, or (2) the annuities section of the “Investment Products” page, and then selecting “Fund Information” and the specific Portfolio. The Fund may from time to time withhold posting to, or remove from, the website any portion of this information with respect to a Portfolio. Internet disclosure of a Portfolio’s holdings is made available to all categories of persons, including individual and institutional investors, intermediaries, third-party service providers, rating and ranking organizations and affiliated persons of the Fund. Once specific holdings information of a Portfolio is disclosed in this manner, it is considered readily accessible and publicly available for purposes of the Holdings Disclosure Policy and Procedures.

The Holdings Disclosure Policy and Procedures provide that the Fund and its service providers may disclose all or part of a Portfolio’s holdings at any time after the information is publicly available or readily accessible, provided that:

 

   

the information disclosed is accurate and presented in a manner that is not deceptive or misleading;

 

   

the information disclosed is limited to the holdings information contained in a filing with the SEC or posted on the Fund’s website; and

 

   

no fees or other compensation are received by the Fund, its service providers or any of their employees from recipients of the holdings data as compensation for the disclosure of the holdings information.

In addition to disclosing holdings information in SEC filings and on the Fund’s website as described above, the Fund is authorized to disclose or cause to be disclosed all or a portion of a Portfolio’s publicly available or readily accessible holdings information to rating agencies and other information organizations that rate or rank investment companies or that collect and report other statistical data on investment companies, in marketing and sales literature, marketing presentations and the Fund’s website, and in communications to individual and institutional investors, regardless of the size of their account, including shareholders, contract owners, participants, annuitants and beneficiaries.

Disclosure of Non-Public Holdings Information

Disclosure of a Portfolio’s material holdings prior to the holdings information becoming publicly available is limited to the situations described below. The Holdings Disclosure Policy and Procedures prohibit the Fund, its service providers and their employees from receiving compensation for the disclosure of holdings information from recipients of the holdings data. The Holdings Disclosure Policy and Procedures authorize the following disclosures of Fund holdings information that is not publicly available.

Service Providers. Holdings data may be disclosed to and utilized by the Fund’s and MSA’s service providers (the “Service Providers”) as necessary for them to provide the services that they have agreed directly or indirectly to provide, provided that there is a reasonable belief based on written confidentiality provisions, rules of their profession, or other circumstances, that the recipient organizations will keep the information confidential (i.e. not disclose it to third parties) and use it only for the purposes for which it was provided. The frequency with which

 

B-61


Table of Contents

holdings information may be disclosed to Service Providers, and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date of the disclosure, is determined by the Fund based on the needs of the Service Provider for such information and the risk of harm to the Fund and its shareholders. As of December 31, 2006, the Service Providers included those listed on Appendix G.

Holdings data of the Capital Guardian Large Cap Core Research Portfolio may also be disclosed by Capital Guardian Trust Company, the Sub-Adviser for the Portfolio, to Vestek Systems, Inc. in connection with conducting attribution analyses on the Portfolio and to Plexus Group, Inc. and Mobius Management Systems, Inc. in connection with evaluating the quality and cost of trade execution of Portfolio transactions. The Portfolio has received assurances from Capital Guardian Trust Company that these vendors are subject to a duty of confidentiality.

Regulators and Other Required Disclosures. Holdings data may be disclosed to regulators and exchanges at the request or as otherwise required by the foregoing, and may also be disclosed to third parties in circumstances required by law, rule or regulation or court order or subpoena.

Investment Professionals. Holdings data may be disclosed on an ongoing basis (generally updated monthly within one week of month-end) to certain investment professionals (“Investment Professionals”) solely for the purpose of permitting the selected professionals to consider and propose investment ideas and trading strategies that may benefit the Portfolios. Holdings data of the Portfolios is disclosed on an aggregated basis. No data on a Portfolio-by-Portfolio basis is disclosed. Access to such data is limited to those Investment Professionals that (1) have been approved by an officer of the Fund, and (2) have entered into confidentiality agreements limiting their use of such data to the foregoing purposes and requiring them to keep the data confidential. The list of approved Investment Professionals as of December 31, 2006 is included in Appendix G to this SAI.

Securities Lending Parties. Holdings data may be disclosed on an ongoing basis (generally updated daily) to certain securities lending agents and borrowers (“Lending Parties”) pursuant to securities lending programs utilized on a Portfolio’s behalf. Holdings data of the Portfolios is disclosed on an aggregated basis. No data on a Portfolio-by-Portfolio basis is disclosed. Access to such data is limited to those Lending Parties that (1) have been approved by an officer of the Fund, and (2) have entered into confidentiality agreements limiting their use of such data to the operation of the securities lending programs and requiring them to keep the data confidential. The list of approved Lending Parties as of December 31, 2006 is included in Appendix G to this SAI.

Northwestern Mutual Separate Accounts. Holdings data may be disclosed to the Northwestern Mutual variable life insurance and variable annuity separate accounts that invest in shares of the Portfolios. Holdings data may also be disclosed to Northwestern Mutual and Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC in their capacities as co-depositors for the Northwestern Mutual separate accounts.

Other. Material holdings information may be disclosed in other circumstances prior to the public availability of such data only upon the approval of both the Fund’s chief compliance

 

B-62


Table of Contents

officer and another Fund officer, which approval will be based on compliance with the Holdings Disclosure Policy and Procedures.

Parties receiving non-public holdings data from the Fund or its investment advisers will be required to keep such data confidential in accordance with the Holdings Disclosure Policies and Procedures pursuant to confidentiality provisions in their service contracts, specific confidentiality agreements, duties of trust and confidence owed to the Fund (e.g., legal counsel) and/or specific directives from the Fund.

Monitoring Procedures

The Holdings Disclosure Policy and Procedures require the Fund’s chief compliance officer to: (i) monitor the disclosure and use of Portfolio holdings information; (ii) report at least annually to the Fund’s Directors on their operation and any material changes to them; (iii) inform the Fund’s service providers as to the Holdings Disclosure Policy and Procedures; and (iv) review, or cause to be reviewed, at least annually the lists of Investment Professionals and Lending Parties with access to Portfolio holdings.

The Directors of the Fund exercise oversight of disclosure of Portfolio holdings information by (i) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Holdings Disclosure Policy and Procedures, the Code of Ethics and other relevant compliance policies and procedures by the chief compliance officer of the Fund and its investment adviser; (ii) considering the annual compliance procedures report of the Fund’s chief compliance officer pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act; and (iii) considering whether to approve or ratify any material amendments to the Holdings Disclosure Policy and Procedures.

Notwithstanding the above, there is no guarantee that the Holdings Disclosure Policy and Procedures will protect the Fund and contract and policy owners from potential misuse of holdings information by individuals or firms in possession of such information.

ORGANIZATION AND CAPITAL STOCK

The Fund was incorporated in Maryland on December 22, 1983.

The Fund issues a separate class of capital stock for each Portfolio. Each share of capital stock issued with respect to a Portfolio has a pro rata interest in the assets of that Portfolio and has no interest in the assets of any other Portfolio. Each share of capital stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Shares of a Portfolio will be voted separately, however, on matters affecting only that Portfolio, including approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement and changes in fundamental investment policies of a Portfolio. The assets of each Portfolio are charged with the liabilities of the Portfolio and their proportionate share of the general liabilities of the Fund based on the relative asset size of the Portfolios at the time the liabilities are incurred. All shares may be redeemed for cash at any time.

All of the outstanding shares of each Portfolio are owned of record by Northwestern Mutual. Shares of each Portfolio are presently being offered only to Northwestern Mutual and its separate investment accounts used for variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance

 

B-63


Table of Contents

policies. The shares held in connection with certain of the separate investment accounts are voted by Northwestern Mutual in accordance with instructions received from the owners of the variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies. The shares held by Northwestern Mutual as general assets are voted by Northwestern Mutual in the same proportions as the shares held in connection with these separate investment accounts. If applicable laws, regulations or interpretations change so as to permit Northwestern Mutual to vote the Fund shares in its own discretion, it may elect to do so.

As stated above, the shares of the Fund are offered to separate investment accounts to fund both variable life insurance policies and variable annuity contracts. Because of differences in tax treatment or other considerations it is possible that the interests of variable life insurance policyowners, owners of variable annuity contracts or owners of other contracts that may participate in the Fund in the future might at some time be in conflict. The Board of Directors of the Fund will monitor for any material conflicts and determine what action, if any, should be taken. Northwestern Mutual has agreed to be responsible, at its cost, to remedy or eliminate any irreconcilable material conflict up to and including establishing a new registered management investment company and segregating the assets underlying the variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies.

The capital stock of the Fund is divided into twenty seven classes, corresponding to the twenty-seven Portfolios of the Fund. Each class is preferred over the other classes with respect to the assets of the portfolio to which the class relates. Dividends and distributions, including distributions in the event of liquidation, are payable only out of assets of the portfolio to which the class relates. All shares of the Fund are entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders except that shares shall be voted by class on matters concerning only that class, to approve an investment advisory agreement, to approve changes in fundamental policies with respect to that class and when otherwise required by the 1940 Act. Shares may be redeemed only for cash, except that capital stock of any class may be redeemed in kind with assets of the portfolio to which the class relates if the Directors deem such action desirable. Each share is nonassessable and shareholders have no preemptive or conversion rights.

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES

Shares of each Portfolio are offered and redeemed at their net asset value as next determined following receipt of a purchase order or tender for redemption without the addition of any selling commission or “sales load” or any redemption charge. The redemption price may be more or less than the shareholder’s cost.

The net asset value of each share of each Portfolio is the net asset value of the entire Portfolio divided by the number of shares of the Portfolio outstanding. The net asset value of an entire Portfolio is determined by computing the value of all assets of the Portfolio and deducting all liabilities, including reserves and accrued liabilities of the Portfolio. Portfolio securities for which market quotations are readily available are valued at current market value.

Equity securities listed on a stock exchange and all call options are valued at the closing sale price on the stock or options exchange. Securities that are traded on the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq Smallcap Market are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price

 

B-64


Table of Contents

(“NOCP”). Securities for which there has been no such sale and Nasdaq-traded securities for which there is no NOCP are valued at the final bid price; stock index futures contracts and interest rate futures contracts are valued at the closing settlement price on the commodities exchange; unlisted equity securities are generally valued at the last sale price or closing bid price if no sale has occurred.

Debt securities with maturities generally exceeding one year are valued on the basis of valuations furnished by Interactive Data Corporation, a facility which utilizes electronic data processing techniques to report valuations for normal institutional size trading units of debt securities, without regard to exchange or over-the-counter prices, unless the Directors of the Fund determine that in the case of a particular security some other value is fair.

Money market instruments and debt securities with maturities exceeding sixty days but generally not exceeding one year are valued by marking to market. Marking to market is based on an average (provided by a communication network) of the most recent bid prices or yields. The marking to market method takes into account unrealized appreciation or depreciation due to changes in interest rates or other factors which would influence the current fair values of such securities.

Securities with remaining maturities of sixty days or less are valued on an amortized cost basis or, if the current market value differs substantially from the amortized cost, by marking to market. Under the amortized cost method of valuation, the security will initially be valued at the cost on the date of purchase (or, in the case of securities purchased with more than 60 days remaining to maturity the market value on the 61st day prior to maturity); and thereafter the Portfolio will assume a constant proportionate amortization in value until maturity of any discount or premium.

All assets, including any securities for which market quotations are not readily available, will be valued at their fair value as determined in good faith by the Directors of the Fund. The net asset value is determined as of the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange on each day during which the Exchange is open for trading.

Payment for the shares redeemed must be made within seven days after the evidence of ownership of such shares is tendered to the Fund; however, the right to redeem Fund shares may be suspended, or payment of the redemption value postponed, during any period in which the New York Stock Exchange is closed or trading thereon is restricted, or any period during which an emergency exists, or as otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act.

TAXES AND DIVIDENDS

Each Portfolio is qualified or intends to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. In order to avoid taxation of capital gains under Subchapter M of the Code, each Portfolio will distribute net capital gains annually. Net capital gains from the sale of investments will be calculated by subtracting any unused capital loss carryforward from net realized gain for the year, as prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code. One of these applicable provisions is that at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S.

 

B-65


Table of Contents

Government securities, securities of other RICs and securities of other issuers, with such securities of other issuers limited, in respect to any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets and that does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (iii) no more than 25% of the value of a Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), or in two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses.

A regulated investment company must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies (to the extent such currency gains are directly related to the regulated investment company’s principal business of investing in stock or securities) and other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies. Under certain circumstances, a Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings to meet this requirement.

If for any year a Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net taxable gain) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders.

No distribution of realized capital gains will be made until any capital loss carryforward has been exhausted or expired. The Fund had not commenced operations during the last fiscal year and therefore it did not have unused capital loss carryforwards during that period.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Portfolios have not commenced operations during the last fiscal year and, therefore, the Portfolios did not publish financial statements, related notes and related reports during that period.

 

B-66


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A – Credit Ratings

Description of Ratings as Provided by the Rating Services

As described in the prospectus, the Portfolios may invest in investment grade and non-investment grade debt investments. Investment grade securities are securities rated investment grade by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (“NRSRO”), i.e. BBB- or higher by Standard & Poor’s or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s. Non-investment grade securities are securities rates below investment grade by a NRSRO. Below are summaries of the rating definitions used by three of the NRSROs. The Fund’s adviser will ordinarily rely on the ratings provided by these organizations but may give consideration to the ratings given by other NRSROs.

I. FITCH’S

a. Fitch’s Corporate Bonds and Preferred Stock (long-term)

Investment Grade

AAA

Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA

Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A

High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB

Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that there is currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment grade category.

Speculative Grade

BB

Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

 

B-67


Table of Contents

B

Highly speculative.

 

   

For issuers and performing obligations, ‘B’ ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

 

   

For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R1’ (outstanding).

CCC

 

   

For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions.

 

   

For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R2’ (superior), or ‘R3’ (good) or ‘R4’ (average).

CC

 

   

For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable.

 

   

For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with a Recovery Rating of ‘R4’ (average) or ‘R5’ (below average).

C

 

   

For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent.

 

   

For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R6’ (poor).

RD

Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

D

Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following:

 

B-68


Table of Contents

- failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation; - the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor; or - the distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

Issuers will be rated ‘D’ upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of ‘C’ to ‘B’ ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the ‘B’ or ‘CCC-C’ categories.

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.

b. Fitch’s Commercial Paper (short-term)

F1

Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2

Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3

Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non investment grade.

B

Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C

High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

 

B-69


Table of Contents

RD

Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other obligations.

D

Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

Notes to Long-term and Short-term ratings: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-term rating category, to categories below ‘CCC’, or to Short-term ratings other than ‘F1’. (The +/- modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are ‘stable’ could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

Program ratings (such as the those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e. those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.

Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term ‘put’ or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.

Interest Only: Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

Principal Only: Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

 

B-70


Table of Contents

Rate of Return: Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

‘PIF’ Paid-in –Full: denotes a security that is paid-in-full, matured, called, or refinanced.

‘NR’: indicates that Fitch Ratings does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

‘Withdrawn’: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch Ratings deems sufficient.

II. MOODY’S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

a. Moody’s Corporate Bonds and Preferred Stock (long-term)

Aaa

Bonds and preferred stock which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa

Bonds and preferred stock which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A

Bonds and preferred stock which are rated A are to be considered upper-medium-grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa

Bonds and preferred stock which are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba

Bonds and preferred stock which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B

Bonds and preferred stock which are rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa

Bonds and preferred stock which are rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

 

B-71


Table of Contents

Ca

Bonds and preferred stock which are rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C

Bonds and preferred stock which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

b. Moody’s Commercial Paper (short-term)

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

N P

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

 

B-72


Table of Contents

III. STANDARD & POOR’S

a. Standard & Poor’s Corporate Bonds and Preferred Stock (long-term)

Issue credit ratings are based in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

 

   

Likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 

   

Nature of and provisions of the obligation; and

 

   

Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue ratings definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category definition

AAA

An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard &Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA

An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only in small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A

An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB

An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest.

While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

 

B-73


Table of Contents

BB

An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B

An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC

An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC

An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C

A subordinated debt or preferred stock obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘C’ rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. A ‘C’ also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

D

An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or minus (-)

The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

N.R.

This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base

 

B-74


Table of Contents

a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

b. Standard & Poor’s Commercial Paper (short-term)

A-1

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in the higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B

A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B-1

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

 

B-75


Table of Contents

C

A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D

A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

B-76


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B – Directors and Officers

The directors and officers of the Fund are listed below, together with their principal occupations during the last five years. Ages and number of portfolios in the Fund complex overseen by the directors are as of February     , 2007.

 

Name, Address, and

Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
Held with
Fund

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years

 

Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Director

 

Other Directorships Held by Director

Interested Director

Edward J. Zore

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1945

  Chairman of the Board   2000*   President and Chief Executive Officer of Northwestern Mutual   27   Manpower, Inc.; Trustee of Northwestern Mutual

Independent Directors

         

Miriam A. Allison

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1947

  Director   2006   Rancher since 2004. Real estate developer since 2002. From 2001 to 2005, Chairman of UMB Fund Services, Inc. (formerly Sunstone Financial Group, Inc.), a provider of administration, recordkeeping and marketing services to investment companies. Prior thereto, founder, President, and CEO of Sunstone Financial Group, Inc.   27   N/A

Robert H. Huffman III

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1959

  Director   2007  

Since 2004, Co-Founder and Managing Partner of Relative Value Partners, LLC, a registered investment adviser. Prior thereto, Head of Fixed Income Sales, Midwest Region, for the Corporate and Investment Banking Division of Citigroup,

Inc. (formerly Salomon Brothers).

  27   N/A

Michael M. Knetter

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

  Director   2007   Dean of University of Wisconsin-Madison School of Business since 2002. Prior thereto,   27   Wausau Paper Corp. and Great Wolf Resorts, Inc.

 

B-77


Table of Contents

Name, Address, and
Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
Held with
Fund

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years

 

Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Director

 

Other Directorships Held by Director

1960

      Associate Dean of the MBA Program and Professor of International Economics for the Amos Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College.    

William A. McIntosh

525 Sheridan Road

Kenilworth, IL 60043

1939

  Director   1997*   Financial consulting; Adjunct Faculty Member, Howard University, Washington, D.C., 1998 to 2004; prior thereto, retired Division Head, U.S. Fixed Income of Salomon Brothers (investment securities)   27   MGIC Investment Corporation; Comdisco Holding Company, Inc.

Michael G. Smith

221 North Adams

Hinsdale, IL 60521

1944

  Director   2003*   Private Investor; retired since 1999 as Managing Director, Corporate and Institutional Client Group, Central Region, Merrill Lynch and Co., Inc. (international investment banking)   27  

Trustee of Ivy

Fund

Officers

         

Mark G. Doll

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1949

  President   2003*  

Senior Vice President of Northwestern Mutual. President and Director of Mason Street Advisors, LLC since 2002; prior thereto, President and Assistant Treasurer-

Public Markets of Northwestern Investment Management Company, LLC

  N/A   N/A

Walter M. Givler

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1957

 

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

and Treasurer

  2003*  

Vice President of Investment Accounting

for Northwestern Mutual since 2002; Vice

President and Associate Controller, 2002;

Associate Controller from 2001 to 2002; prior

thereto, Director of New

  N/A   N/A

 

B-78


Table of Contents

Name, Address, and

Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
Held with Fund

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years

 

Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Director

 

Other Directorships Held by Director

      Business, Large Case Division    

Kate M. Fleming

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1962

 

Vice

President–

Operations

  2004*  

Vice President–Operations of Mason Street Advisors, LLC

since 2004. Prior thereto, Assistant General Counsel of Northwestern Mutual

  N/A   N/A

Patricia L. Van Kampen

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1951

 

Vice

President–

Investments

  1996*  

Managing Director of Mason Street Advisors, LLC since 2002; prior thereto, Managing

Director of Northwestern Investment Management Company, LLC

  N/A   N/A

William R. Walker

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1956

 

Vice

President–

Investments

  1996*  

Managing Director of Mason Street Advisors, LLC since 2002; prior thereto, Managing

Director of Northwestern Investment Management Company, LLC

  N/A   N/A

Steven P. Swanson

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1954

 

Vice

President–

Investments

  1996*  

Managing Director of Mason Street Advisors, LLC since 2002; prior thereto, Managing

Director of Northwestern Investment Management Company, LLC

  N/A   N/A

Jefferson V. DeAngelis

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1958

 

Vice

President– Investments

  1996*  

Managing Director of Mason Street Advisors, LLC since 2002; prior thereto, Managing

Director of Northwestern Investment Management Company, LLC

  N/A   N/A

David R. Keuler

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1961

 

Vice

President–

Investments

  2002*  

Managing Director of Mason Street Advisors, LLC since 2003.

Director of Mason Street Advisors, LLC from 2002

to 2003. Prior thereto, Director of Northwestern

  N/A   N/A

 

B-79


Table of Contents

Name, Address, and
Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
Held with
Fund

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years

 

Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Director

 

Other Directorships Held by Director

      Investment Management Company, LLC    

Thomas A. Carroll

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1954

 

Vice President–

Investments

  2002*   Managing Director of Mason Street Advisors, LLC since 2002; prior thereto, Managing Director of Northwestern Investment Management Company, LLC   N/A   N/A

Michael P. Johnson

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1961

  Vice President– Investments   2003*   Director of Mason Street Advisors, LLC since 2002; prior thereto, Director of Northwestern Investment Management Company, LLC   N/A   N/A

Jill M. Grueninger

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1964

  Vice President– Investments   2006*   Director of Mason Street Advisors, LLC since 2002; prior thereto, Director of Northwestern Investment Management Company, LLC   N/A   N/A

R. David Ells

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1968

  Vice President– Investments   2006*   Director of Mason Street Advisors, LLC since 2004; Senior Vice President of Deerfield Capital Management, LLC from 2003 - 2004; Senior Vice President of Enterprise Advisors/ Imagine Reinsurance from 2002-2003; prior thereto Director – Portfolio Management of The Liberty Hampshire Company   N/A   N/A

 

B-80


Table of Contents

Name, Address,

and Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
Held with Fund

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years

 

Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Director

 

Other Directorships Held by Director

Curtis J. Ludwick

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1969

 

Vice

President–

Investments

  2006*  

Director of Mason Street Advisors, LLC since 2002; prior thereto,

Director of Northwestern Investment Management Company, LLC

  N/A   N/A

Andrew T. Wassweiler

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1968

 

Vice

President– Investments

  2006*  

Director of Mason Street Advisors, LLC since 2002; prior thereto,

Director of Northwestern Investment Management Company, LLC

  N/A   N/A

Kathleen M. Brooks

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1959

 

Vice

President–

Investments

  2007*   Director of Mason Street Advisors, LLC since 2001   N/A   N/A

Andy Eng

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1971

 

Vice

President–

Investments

  2007*  

Director of Mason Street Advisors, LLC since 2004; prior thereto,

analyst with Northwestern Investment Management Company, LLC

  N/A   N/A

Michael W. Zielinski

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

Chief

Compliance Officer

  2005*   Chief Compliance Officer of Mason Street Advisors, LLC since 2006; Counsel,   N/A   N/A

 

B-81


Table of Contents

Name, Address, and
Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
Held with
Fund

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years

 

Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Director

 

Other Directorships Held by Director

1974

      Northwestern Mutual since 2004; Associate Counsel, Quasar Distributors, LLC (broker-dealer) from 2003 to 2004; Legal Compliance Officer, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (mutual fund service provider) from 2001 to 2003    

Randy M. Pavlick

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1959

  Secretary   2006*   Assistant General Counsel of Northwestern Mutual and Assistant Secretary of Mason Street Advisors, LLC, each since 2004; prior thereto, Vice President and General Counsel of UMB Fund Services, Inc. (formerly Sunstone Financial Group, Inc.) (mutual fund service provider) from 1993 to 2004   N/A   N/A

Barbara E. Courtney

720 East Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

1957

  Controller   1996*  

Director of Mutual Fund Accounting of

Northwestern Mutual since 2002; prior thereto, Associate Director

  N/A   N/A

* Each of the directors will hold office until the next annual meeting of the shareholders and until a successor is elected and qualifies, or until his or her death, resignation or removal, provided that no director may serve a term or successive terms totaling more than twelve (12) years. The twelve year service limitation commences on the later of May 1, 2003 or date of the director’s initial election or appointment as a director. Each officer holds office until their successor shall have been duly elected or until their prior death, resignation or removal.

Mr. Zore is an “interested person” of the Fund, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, because he is a Trustee of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company, the parent corporation of the Fund’s investment adviser. Mr. Zore is also the President and CEO of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company, and a director of Northwestern Mutual Wealth

 

B-82


Table of Contents

Management Company and Frank Russell Company, corporate affiliates of Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company. Each of the Directors and principal officers of the Fund who is also an affiliated person of Mason Street Advisors, LLC (“MSA”) or Northwestern Mutual is named above, together with the capacity in which such person is affiliated with MSA or Northwestern Mutual.

 

B-83


Table of Contents

APPENDIX C – Ownership of Shares of the Fund

The following tables show the allocation of shares of the Portfolios among the General Account of Northwestern Mutual and the separate investment accounts as of March 31, 2007.

AMERICAN CENTURY LARGE COMPANY VALUE PORTFOLIO

 

General Account

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account A

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account B

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account C

   shares    (0.0 )%

Northwestern Mutual Variable Life Account

   shares    (0.0 )%
           

Total

   shares    (0.0 )%

CAPITAL GUARDIAN LARGE CAP BLEND PORTFOLIO

 

General Account

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account A

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account B

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account C

   shares    (0.0 )%

Northwestern Mutual Variable Life Account

   shares    (0.0 )%
           

Total

   shares    (0.0 )%

INDEX 600 STOCK PORTFOLIO

 

General Account

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account A

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account B

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account C

   shares    (0.0 )%

Northwestern Mutual Variable Life Account

   shares    (0.0 )%
           

Total

   shares    (0.0 )%

MFS EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO

 

General Account

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account A

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account B

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account C

   shares    (0.0 )%

Northwestern Mutual Variable Life Account

   shares    (0.0 )%
           

Total

   shares    (0.0 )%

PIMCO MULTI-SECTOR BOND PORTFOLIO

 

General Account

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account A

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account B

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account C

   shares    (0.0 )%

Northwestern Mutual Variable Life Account

   shares    (0.0 )%
           

Total

   shares    (0.0 )%

 

B-84


Table of Contents

MFS RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO

 

General Account

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account A

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account B

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account C

   shares    (0.0 )%

Northwestern Mutual Variable Life Account

   shares    (0.0 )%
           

Total

   shares    (0.0 )%

AMERICAN CENTURY INFLATION PROTECTION PORTFOLIO

 

General Account

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account A

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account B

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account C

   shares    (0.0 )%

Northwestern Mutual Variable Life Account

   shares    (0.0 )%
           

Total

   shares    (0.0 )%

SHORT TERM BOND PORTFOLIO

 

General Account

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account A

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account B

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account C

   shares    (0.0 )%

Northwestern Mutual Variable Life Account

   shares    (0.0 )%
           

Total

   shares    (0.0 )%

PIMCO LONG-TERM U.S. GOVERNMENT BOND PORTFOLIO

 

General Account

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account A

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account B

   shares    (0.0 )%

NML Variable Annuity Account C

   shares    (0.0 )%

Northwestern Mutual Variable Life Account

   shares    (0.0 )%
           

Total

   shares    (0.0 )%

 

B-85


Table of Contents

APPENDIX D – Portfolio Managers

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

Certain of the Fund’s portfolio managers or members of the investment team as identified in the Prospectus also manage other mutual funds, other pooled investment vehicles that are not registered mutual funds, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The table below identifies for each person, the number of accounts (other than the Portfolios), for which he or she has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts. These categories are collectively referred to as “accounts.” To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on the performance of the account, that information is specifically identified. The following information is as of December 31, 2006, unless otherwise noted.

 

Portfolio Manager(s)

  

Fund

  

Registered

Investment Companies

  

Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles

  

Other Accounts

Charles A. Ritter

   American Century Large Company Value Portfolio    10 other registered investment companies with $4.3 billion in total assets    No other pooled investment vehicles   

3 other accounts with $264.4

million in total assets

Brendan Healy

   American Century Large Company Value Portfolio    10 other registered investment companies with $4.3 billion in total assets    No other pooled investment vehicles    3 other accounts with $264.4 million in total assets

Terry Berkmeier

   Capital Guardian Large Cap Blend Portfolio    10 other registered investment companies with $5.37 billion in total assets(1)    11 other pooled investment vehicles with $14.09 billion in total assets(2)    231 other accounts with $76.3 billion in total assets(3), (4)

Michael R. Ericksen

   Capital Guardian Large Cap Blend Portfolio    10 other registered investment companies with $5.37 billion in total assets(1)    21 other pooled investment vehicles with $19.012 billion in total assets(2)    381 other accounts with $136.22 billion in total assets(3), (5)

David I. Fisher

   Capital Guardian Large Cap Blend Portfolio    25 other registered investment companies with $25.49 billion in total assets(1), (6)    30 other pooled investment vehicles with $47.95 billion in total assets(2)    312 other accounts with $112.21 billion in total assets(3), (7)

Karen A. Miller

   Capital Guardian Large Cap Blend Portfolio    14 other registered investment companies with $7.19 billion in total assets(1)    14 other pooled investment vehicles with $3.07 billion in total assets(2)    210 other accounts with $72.44 billion in total assets(3), (8)

 

B-86


Table of Contents

Portfolio Manager(s)

  

Fund

  

Registered

Investment Companies

  

Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles

  

Other Accounts

Theodore R. Samuels    Capital Guardian Large Cap Blend Portfolio    14 other registered investment companies with $7.19 billion in total assets(1)    10 other pooled investment vehicles with $5.50 billion in total assets(2)    348 other accounts with $40.16 billion in total assets(3), (9)
Eugene P. Stein    Capital Guardian Large Cap Blend Portfolio    14 other registered investment companies with $6.97 billion in total assets(1)    14 other pooled investment vehicles with $7.85 billion in total assets(2)    137 other accounts with $46.29 billion in total assets(3), (10)
Alan J. Wilson    Capital Guardian Large Cap Blend Portfolio    13 other registered investment companies with $8.53 billion in total assets(1)    8 other pooled investment vehicles with $2.65 billion in total assets(2)    104 other accounts with $32.24 billion in total assets(3), (11)
Patricia L. Van Kampen    Index 600 Stock Portfolio    No other registered investment companies    No other pooled investment vehicles    2 other accounts with $1.2 billion in total assets (12)
Nicholas D. Smithie    MFS Emerging Markets Portfolio    5 other registered investment companies with $1.6 billion in total assets    2 other pooled investment vehicles with $151 million in total assets    1 other account with $7.1 million in total assets
Curtis A. Mewbourne    PIMCO Multi-Sector Bond Portfolio    4 other registered investment companies with $7.7 billion in total assets    20 other pooled investment vehicles with $4.5 billion in total assets    38 other accounts with $5.8 billion in total assets
Jose Luis Garcia    MFS Research International Large Cap Core Portfolio    6 other registered investment companies with $6.1 billion in total assets    1 other pooled investment vehicles with $609 million in total assets    9 other account with $3.8 billion in total assets (13)
Thomas Melendez    MFS Research International Large Cap Core Portfolio    7 other registered investment companies with $7.9 billion in total assets    2 other pooled investment vehicles with $977 million in total assets    8 other account with $3.8 million in total assets (13)
Jeremy Fletcher    American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio    7 other registered investment companies with $2.7 billion in total assets    No other pooled investment vehicles    No other accounts
Robert V. Gahagan    American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio    18 other registered investment companies with $7.4 billion in total assets    2 other pooled investment vehicles with $1.8 billion in total assets    1 other account with $28.5 million in total assets
Alejandro Aguilar    American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio    12 other registered investment companies with $5.3 billion in total assets    1 other pooled investment vehicle with $65.7 million in total assets    1 other account with $28.5 million in total assets

 

B-87


Table of Contents

Portfolio
Manager(s)

  

Fund

  

Registered

Investment Companies

  

Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles

  

Other Accounts

Dan Shiffman

   American Century Inflation Protection Portfolio    12 other registered investment companies with $5.3 billion in total assets    1 other pooled investment vehicle with $65.7 million in total assets    1 other account with $28.5 million in total assets

R. David Ells

   Short Term Bond Portfolio    1 other registered investment company with $112 million in total assets    No other pooled investment vehicles    No other accounts

James M. Keller

   PIMCO Long-Term U.S. Government Bond Portfolio    5 other registered investment companies with $8.9 billion in total assets    3 other pooled vehicles with $4.5 billion in total assets    37 other accounts with $5.8 billion in total assets

(1) Assets noted represent the total net assets of registered investment companies and are not indicative of the total assets managed by the individual, which will be a substantially lower amount.
(2) Assets noted represent the total net assets of other pooled investment vehicles and are not indicative of the total assets managed by the individual, which will be a substantially lower amount.
(3) Assets noted represent the total net assets of other accounts and are not indicative of the total assets managed by the individual, which will be a substantially lower amount. Reflects other professionally managed accounts held at CGTC or companies affiliated with CGTC. Personal brokerage accounts of portfolio manager and their families are not reflected.
(4) Includes 16 other accounts with $10.3 billion in aggregate assets for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account.
(5) Includes 42 other accounts with $23.31 billion in aggregate assets for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account.
(6) Includes 1 other account with $1.03 billion in assets for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account.
(7) Includes 10 other accounts with $6.17 billion in aggregate assets for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account.
(8) Includes 23 other accounts with $13.13 billion in aggregate assets for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account.
(9) Includes 3 other accounts with $2.72 billion in aggregate assets for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account.
(10) Includes 4 other accounts with $3.36 billion in aggregate assets for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account.
(11) Includes 5 other accounts with $3.23 billion in aggregate assets for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account.
(12) These accounts consist of accounts of MSA’s parent and its affiliates. The assets under management reflect only those assets of the account(s) for which the portfolio manager is responsible.
(13) Includes 2 other accounts with $1.8 billion in aggregate assets for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account.

 

B-88


Table of Contents

Compensation of Portfolio Managers

Mason Street Advisors, LLC

MSA has adopted a system of compensation for portfolio managers that seeks to attract, motivate and retain high quality investment personnel and align the financial interests of the portfolio managers with the performance of MSA and its clients. A portfolio manager’s compensation consists primarily of the following three components: a base salary, annual variable compensation and, for certain portfolio managers, long-term variable compensation. Eligibility and participation in the annual and long-term variable compensation programs is determined on a year-to-year basis. Each portfolio manager is also eligible to participate in benefit plans and programs available generally to all employees of MSA.

A portfolio manager’s total compensation is determined through a process that combines both objective and subjective criteria. Initially, at the beginning of each year, compensation targets are determined for each portfolio manager based on market factors and the skill, experience and tenure of the portfolio manager. The compensation target is then allocated among base salary, annual variable compensation and long-term variable compensation based on a formula for each portfolio manager.

At the end of the year, the portfolio manager’s performance is evaluated using both objective and subjective criteria. Primary consideration is given to the historic investment performance of accounts managed by the portfolio manager over both a one-year and a four-year period, with more weight typically being given to the longer-term performance. The performance of each account managed by the portfolio manager is measured against a relevant peer group and/or an applicable benchmark, as deemed appropriate. If a portfolio manager manages more than one account, performance is weighted based on a combination of factors, including the number and type of accounts managed, and the assets in each account.

The evaluation process also includes a subjective evaluation of competencies or behaviors deemed important to achieving MSA’s overall business objectives. Subjective criteria may include considerations such as management and supervisory responsibilities, market factors, complexity of investment strategies, length of service, team building efforts and successes, risk management initiatives and leadership contributions. A portfolio manager’s compensation is then determined by applying a multiplier (which can be greater or less than 1.0) based on the annual evaluation of the objective and subjective criteria to the targeted compensation. Long-term variable pay grants are made on an annual basis and are credited to a deferred account that accrues interest on the balances. Awarded grants vest over a three to five-year vesting period and are paid upon vesting.

American Century Investment Management, Inc.

American Century portfolio manager compensation is structured to align the interests of portfolio managers with those of the shareholders whose assets they manage. It includes the components described below, each of which is determined with reference to a number of factors such as overall performance, market competition, and internal equity. Compensation is not directly tied to the value of assets held in client portfolios.

Base Salary. Portfolio managers receive base pay in the form of a fixed annual salary.

 

B-89


Table of Contents

Bonus. A significant portion of portfolio manager compensation takes the form of an annual incentive bonus tied to performance. Bonus payments are determined by a combination of factors. One factor is fund investment performance. For policy portfolios, such as the funds described in this statement of additional information (other than NT Diversified Bond), investment performance is measured by a combination of one- and three-year pre-tax performance relative to a pre-established, internally-customized peer group and/or market benchmark. Custom peer groups are constructed using all the funds in appropriate Lipper or Morningstar categories as a starting point. Funds are then eliminated from the peer group based on a standardized methodology designed to result in a final peer that more closely represents the fund’s true peers based on internal investment mandates and that is more stable (i.e., has less peer turnover) over the long-term. In cases where a portfolio manager has responsibility for more than one policy portfolio, the performance of each is assigned a percentage weight commensurate with the portfolio manager’s level of responsibility.

With regard to tracking portfolios, such as NT Diversified Bond, investment performance may be measured in a number of ways. The performance of the tracking portfolio may be measured against a customized peer group and/or market benchmark as described above for policy portfolios. Alternatively, the tracking portfolio may be evaluated relative to the performance of its policy portfolio, with the goal of matching the policy portfolio’s performance as closely as possible. In some cases, the performance of a tracking portfolio is not separately considered; rather, the performance of the policy portfolio is the key metric. This is the case for NT Diversified Bond.

A portion of portfolio managers’ bonuses also is tied to individual performance goals, such as research projects and the development of new products.

Finally, portfolio manager bonuses may occasionally be affected by extraordinarily positive or negative financial performance by American Century Companies, Inc. (ACC), the advisor’s privately-held parent company. This feature has been designed to maintain investment performance as the primary component of portfolio manager bonuses while also providing a link to the advisor’s ability to pay.

Restricted Stock Plans. Portfolio managers are eligible for grants of restricted stock of ACC. These grants are discretionary, and eligibility and availability can vary from year to year. The size of an individual’s grant is determined by individual and product performance as well as other product-specific considerations. Grants can appreciate/depreciate in value based on the performance of the ACC stock during the restriction period (generally three years).

Deferred Compensation Plans. Portfolio managers are eligible for grants of deferred compensation. These grants are used in very limited situations, primarily for retention purposes. Grants are fixed and can appreciate/ depreciate in value based on the performance of the American Century mutual funds in which the portfolio manager chooses to invest them.

 

B-90


Table of Contents

Capital Guardian

At Capital Guardian, Portfolio Managers are paid competitive salaries. In addition, they receive bonuses based on their individual portfolio results and also may participate in profit-sharing plans. The relative mix of compensation represented by bonuses, salary and profit sharing will vary depending on the individual’s portfolio results, contributions to the organization and other factors. In order to encourage a long-term focus, bonuses based on investment results are calculated by comparing pretax total returns over a four-year period to relevant benchmarks over both the most recent year and a four-year rolling average, with the greater weight placed on the four-year rolling average. For portfolio managers, benchmarks include both measures of the marketplaces in which the relevant funds invests and measures of the results of comparable mutual funds or consultant universe measures of comparable institutional accounts.

The benchmarks used to measure performance of the portfolio managers for the Capital Guardian Large Cap Blend Portfolio include the S&P 500 Index and a customized Growth and Income index based on the Lipper Growth and Income Index. Investment professionals may also participate in profit-sharing plans and ownership of The Capital Group Companies, the ultimate parent company.

Massachusetts Financial Services Company (MFS).

Portfolio manager total cash compensation of base salary and performance bonus:

Base Salary – Base salary represents a small percentage of portfolio manager total cash compensation (generally below 33%) than incentive compensation.

Performance Bonus – Generally, incentive compensation represents a majority of portfolio manager total cash compensation.

The performance bonus is based on a combination of quantitative and qualitative factors, with more weight given to the former (generally over 60%) and less weight given to the latter.

The quantitative portion is based on pre-tax performance of all of the accounts managed by the portfolio manager (which includes the Fund and any other accounts managed by the portfolio manager) over a one-, three-, and give-year period relative to the appropriate Lipper peer group universe and/or one or more benchmark indices with respect to each account. Primary weight is given to portfolio performance over a three-year time period with lesser consideration given to portfolio performance over one-and five-year periods (adjusted as appropriate if the portfolio manager has served for shorter periods).

The qualitative portion is based on the results of an annual internal peer review process (conducted by other portfolio managers, analysts, and traders) and management’s assessment of overall portfolio manager contributions to investor relations and the investment process (distinct from fund and other account performance).

Portfolio managers also typically benefit from the opportunity to participate in the MFS Equity Plan. Equity interests and/or options to acquire equity interests in MFS or its parent company are awarded by management, on a discretionary basis, taking into account tenure at MFS, contribution to the investment process, and other factors.

 

B-91


Table of Contents

Finally, portfolio managers are provided with a benefits package including a defined contribution plan, health coverage and other insurance, which are available to other employees of MFS on substantially similar terms. The percentage such benefits represent of any portfolio manager’s compensation depends upon the length of the individual’s tenure at MFS and salary level, as well as other factors.

Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO).

PIMCO has adopted a “Total Compensation Plan” for its professional level employees, including its portfolio mangers, that is designed to pay competitive compensation and reward performance, integrity and teamwork consistent with the firm’s mission statement. The Total Compensation Plan includes a significant incentive component that rewards high performance standards, work ethic and consistent individual and team contributions to the firm. The compensation of portfolio managers consist of a base salary, a bonus, and may include a retention bonus. Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors of PIMCO also receive compensation from PIMCO’s profits. Certain employees of PIMCO, including portfolio managers, may elect to defer compensation through PIMCO’s deferred compensation plan. PIMCO also offers its employees a non-contributory defined contribution plan through which PIMCO makes a contribution based on the employee’s compensation. PIMCO’s contribution rate increases at a specified compensation level, which is a level that would include portfolio managers.

Salary and Bonus. Base salaries are determined by considering an individual portfolio manager’s experience and expertise and may be reviewed for adjustment annually. Portfolio managers are entitled to receive bonuses, which may be significantly more than their base salary, upon attaining certain performance objectives based on predetermined measures of group or department success. These goals are specific to individual portfolio managers and are mutually agreed upon annually by each portfolio manager and his or her manager. Achievement of these goals is an important, but not exclusive, element of the bonus decision process.

In addition, the following non-exclusive list of qualitative criteria (collectively, the “Bonus Factors”) may be considered when determining the bonus for portfolio managers:

 

   

3-year, 2-year and 1-year dollar-weighted and account-weighted pre-tax investment performance as judged against the applicable benchmarks for each account managed by a portfolio manager (including the Portfolios) and relative to applicable industry peer groups;

 

   

Appropriate risk positioning that is consistent with PIMCO’s investment philosophy and the Investment Committee/CIO approach to the generation of alpha;

 

   

Amount and nature of assets managed by the portfolio manager;

 

   

Consistency of investment performance across portfolios of similar mandate and guidelines (reward low dispersion);

 

B-92


Table of Contents
   

Generation and contribution of investment ideas in the context of PIMCO’s secular and cyclical forums, portfolio strategy meetings, Investment Committee meetings, and on a day-to-day basis;

 

   

Absence of defaults and price defaults for issues in the portfolios manages by the portfolio manager;

 

   

Contributions to asset retention, gathering and client satisfaction;

 

   

Contributions to mentoring, coaching and/or supervising; and

 

   

Personal growth and skills added.

A portfolio manager’s compensation is not based directly on the performance of any Portfolio or any other account managed by that portfolio manager. Final bonus award amounts are determined by the PIMCO Compensation Committee. The benchmark for the Multi-Sector Bond Portfolio is the                                                              , and the benchmark for the Long-Term U.S. Government Bond Portfolio is the Lehman Brothers Long-Term Treasury Index.

Retention Bonuses. Certain portfolio managers may receive a discretionary, fixed amount retention bonus, based upon the Bonus Factors and continued employment with PIMCO. Each portfolio manager who is a Senior Vice President or Executive Vice President of PIMCO receives a variable amount retention bonus, based upon the Bonus Factors and continued employment with PIMCO.

Investment professionals, including portfolio managers, are eligible to participate in a Long Term Cash Bonus Plan (“Cash Bonus Plan”), which provides cash award that appreciate or depreciate based upon the performance of PIMCO’s parent company, Allianz Global Investors, and PIMCO over the three-year period. The aggregate amount available for distribution to participants is based upon Allianz Global Investors’ profit growth and PIMCO’s profit growth. Participation in the Cash Bonus Plan is based upon the Bonus Factors, and the payment of benefits from the Cash Bonus Plan, is contingent upon continued employment at PIMCO.

Profit Sharing Plan. Instead of a bonus, portfolio managers who are Managing Directors of PIMCO receive compensation from a non-qualified profit sharing plan consisting of a portion of PIMCO’s net profits. Portfolio managers how are Managing Directors receive an amount determined by the Managing Director Compensation Committee, based upon an individual’s overall contribution to the firm and the Bonus Factors. Under his employment agreement, William Gross received a fixed percentage of the profit sharing plan.

Allianz Transaction Related Compensation. In May 2000, a majority interest in the predecessor holding company of PIMCO was acquired by a subsidiary of Allianz AG (“Allianz”). In connection with the transaction, Mr. Gross received a grant of restricted stock of Allianz, the last of which vested on May 5, 2005.

From time to time, under the PIMCO Class B Unit Purchase Plan, Managing Directors and certain executive management (including Executive Vice Presidents) of PIMCO may become eligible to purchase Class B Units of PIMCO. Upon their purchase, the Class B Units are immediately exchanged for Class A Units of PIMCO Partners, LLC, a California limited liability company that holds a minority interest in PIMCO and its owned by Managing Directors and

 

B-93


Table of Contents

certain executive management of PIMCO. The Class A United of PIMCO Partners, LLC entitle their holders to distributions of a portion of the profits of PIMCO. The PIMCO Compensation Committee determines which Managing Directors and executive management may purchase Class B Units and the number of Class B Units that each may purchase. The Class B Units are purchased pursuant to full recourse notes issued to the holder. The base compensation of each Class B Unit holder is increased in an amount equal to the principal, amortization applicable to the notes given by the Managing Director or member of executive management.

Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors also have long-term employment contracts, which guarantee severance payments in the event of involuntary termination of a Managing Director’s employment with PIMCO.

Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager is responsible for the management of more than one account. The principal types of these potential conflicts may include:

Time and Attention. The management of multiple Portfolios and/or accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest as the portfolio manager must allocate his or her time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. This could result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each Portfolio and/or other accounts. The effect of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where Portfolios and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees.

Limited Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple Portfolios and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several Portfolios or accounts, which may limit a Portfolio’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity. MSA and the Sub-Advisers seek to manage such potential conflicts by using procedures intended to provide a fair allocation of buy and sell opportunities among Portfolios and other accounts.

Variation in Incentives. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the portfolios and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the investment adviser’s management fee and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among Portfolios and/or accounts (such as where certain Portfolios or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain Portfolios and/or accounts over others. In addition, the portfolio manager might be motivated to favor Portfolios and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the investment adviser and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those Portfolios and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

 

B-94


Table of Contents

Personal Accounts. Portfolio managers may be permitted to purchase and sell securities for their own personal accounts or the personal accounts of family members, which could potentially influence the portfolio manager’s decisions with respect to purchasing or selling the same securities for the Portfolio. To mitigate this potential conflict of interest, MSA and the Sub-Advisers have adopted Codes of Ethics or other policies and procedures governing the personal securities transactions of their portfolio managers.

Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the Portfolios and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the Portfolios and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more Portfolios or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other Portfolios and/or accounts.

MSA, the Sub-Advisers and the Fund have adopted compliance polices and procedures, as applicable, that are designed to address these, and other, types of conflicts of interest. There is no guarantee, however, that such policies and procedures will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation where a conflict arises.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The Portfolios commenced operations on May 1, 2007 and, therefore, as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, none of the portfolio managers owned any shares of their respective Portfolios.

 

B-95


Table of Contents

APPENDIX E – Legal Proceedings

Capital Guardian

Capital Guardian’s sister companies, Capital Research and Management Company (CRMC) and American Funds Distributors (AFD), are the investment manager and distributor, respectively, for the American Funds group of mutual funds. In February 2005, AFD was charged by the NASD in a regulatory proceeding and in March 2005, the California Attorney General filed a securities fraud lawsuit against CRMC and AFD. Both proceedings are related to mutual fund sales and trading practices.

An NASD panel held a hearing on this matter in March 2006. In August 2006, the hearing panel issued a decision in which it found that AFD violated the rule in question. As a result, the NASD imposed a $5 million fine on AFD. CRMC and AFD strongly disagree with this decision. The NASD panel’s decision is based on an interpretation of the rule which, in CRMC and AFD’s opinion, is incorrect. Consequently, AFD has appealed to the NASD’s National Adjudicatory Council.

In November 2005, the Los Angeles Superior Court dismissed the California Attorney General’s lawsuit against CRMC and AFD. The Attorney General appealed the Superior Court’s decision. In January 2007, the California Court of Appeals issued a ruling allowing the California Attorney General to proceed with his civil action. It is important to note that the appellate hearing focused solely on the issue of whether the Attorney General could legally bring this action against CRMC and AFD and did not address the merits of the Attorney General’s case. It may be some time before this matter is ultimately resolved.

Massachusetts Financial Services Company

Since December 2003, MFS, MFS Fund Distributors, Inc., MFS Service Center, Inc., MFS Corporation Retirement Committee, Sun Life Financial Inc., various MFS funds, certain current and/or former Trustees of the MFS funds, and certain officers of MFS have been named as defendants in multiple lawsuits filed in federal and state courts. The various lawsuits generally allege that some or all of the defendants (i) permitted or acquiesced in market timing and/or late trading in some of the MFS funds, and inadequately disclosed MFS’ internal policies concerning market timing and such matters, (ii) received excessive compensation as fiduciaries with respect to the MFS funds, or (iii) permitted or acquiesced in the improper use of fund assets by MFS to support the distribution of MFS fund shares and inadequately disclosed MFS’ use of fund assets in this matter. The lawsuits assert that some or all of the defendants violated the federal securities laws, including the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), as well as fiduciary duties and other violations of common law. The lawsuits variously have been commenced as class actions or individual actions on behalf of investors who purchased, held or redeemed shares of the MFS funds during specified periods, as ERISA actions by participants in certain retirement plan accounts on behalf of those accounts, or as derivative actions on behalf of the MFS funds.

 

B-96


Table of Contents

The lawsuits relating to market timing and related matters have been transferred to, and consolidated before, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, as part of a multi-district litigation of market timing and related claims involving several other fund complexes (In re Mutual Funds Investment Litigation (Alger, Columbia, Janus, MFS, One Group, Putnam, Allianz Dresdner), No. 1:04-md-15863 (transfer began March 19, 2004)). The market timing cases related to the MFS funds include Riggs v MFS et al., Case No. 04-CV-01162-JFM (direct), Hammerslough v MF et al., Case No. 04-MD-01620 (derivative), Anita Walker v MF et al., Case No. 1:04-CV-01758 (ERISA), and Reaves v. MFS Series Trust I, et al., Case No. 1:05-CV-02220-JFM (Class B Shares). The plaintiffs in these consolidated lawsuits generally seek injunctive relief including removal of the named Trustees, adviser and distributor, rescission of contracts and 12b-1 Plans, disgorgement of fees and profits, monetary damages, punitive damages, attorney’s fees and costs and other equitable and declaratory relief. Two lawsuits alleging improper brokerage allocation practices and excessive compensation are pending in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts (Forsythe v Sun Life Financial Inc., et al., No. 04cv10584 (GAO)(a consolidated action, first filed on March 25, 2004) and Marcus Dumond, et al. v. Massachusetts Financial Servs. Co., et al., No. 04cv11458 (GAO)(filed on May 4, 2004)). The plaintiffs in these lawsuits generally seek compensatory damages, punitive damages, recovery of fees, rescission of contracts, an accounting, restitution, declaratory relief, equitable and/or injunctive relief and attorney’s fees and costs. Insofar as any of the action sis appropriately brought derivatively on behalf of any of the MFS funds, any recovery will inure to the benefit of the MFS funds. Several claims of the various lawsuits have been dismissed; MFS and other named defendants continue to defend the various lawsuits.

Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

Since February 2004, PIMCO, AGI, AGID, and certain of their affiliates, and certain employees, have been named as defendants in fifteen lawsuits filed in various jurisdictions. Eleven of those lawsuits concern “market timing,” and they have been transferred to and consolidated for pre-trial proceedings in a multi-district litigation proceeding in the U.S. District Court for the District of Maryland; the other four lawsuits concern “revenue sharing” and have been consolidated into a single action in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut. The lawsuits have been commenced as putative class actions on behalf of investors who purchased, held or redeemed shares of the various series during specified periods, or as derivative actions.

The market timing actions in the District of Maryland generally allege that certain hedge funds were allowed to engage in “market timing” and this alleged activity was not disclosed. Pursuant to tolling agreements entered into with the derivative and class action plaintiffs, PIMCO, the Trustees, and certain employees of PIMCO who were previously named as defendants have all been dropped as defendants in the market timing actions; the plaintiffs continue to assert claims against other defendants. By order dated November 3, 2005, the U.S. District Court for the District of Maryland granted the Trust’s motion to dismiss claims asserted against it in a consolidated amended complaint where the Trust was named, in the complaint, as a nominal defendant. The revenue sharing action in the District of Connecticut generally alleges that fund assets were inappropriately used to pay brokers, including directing fund brokerage transactions to such brokers, and that such alleged arrangements were not fully disclosed to shareholders.

 

B-97


Table of Contents

On August 11, 2005 the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut conducted a hearing on defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint in the revenue sharing action but has not yet ruled on the motion to dismiss. The market timing and revenue sharing lawsuits seek, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages plus interest and, in some cases, punitive damages, the rescission of investment advisory contracts, the return of fees paid under those contracts and restitution.

Two nearly identical class action civil complaints have been filed in August 2005, in the Northern District of Illinois Eastern Division, alleging that the plaintiffs each purchased and sold a 10-year Treasury note futures contract and suffered damages from an alleged shortage when PIMCO held both physical and futures positions in 10-year Treasury notes for its client accounts. The two actions have been consolidated into one action, and the two separate complaints have been replaced by a consolidated complaint. PIMCO is a named defendant to the consolidated action. PIMCO strongly believes the complaint (and any consolidated complaint filed hereafter) is without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself.

Certain funds were recently served in an adversary proceeding brought by the Official Committee of Asbestos Claimants of G-I Holdings, Inc. in G-I Holdings, Inc.’s bankruptcy in the District of New Jersey.

PIMCO was previously named in this lawsuit and remains a defendant. The plaintiff seeks to recover for the bankruptcy estate assets that were transferred by the predecessor entity of G-I Holdings, Inc. to a wholly-owned subsidiary in 1994. The subsidiary has since issued notes, of which certain funds are alleged to be holders. The complaint alleges that in 2000, more than two hundred noteholders—including certain funds were granted a second priority lien on the assets of the subsidiary in exchange for their consent to a refinancing transaction and the granting of a first priority lien to the lending banks. The plaintiff is seeking invalidation of the lien in favor of the noteholders and/or the value of the lien. On June 21, 2006, the District of New Jersey overturned the Bankruptcy Court’s decision giving permission to file the adversary proceeding and remanded the matter to Bankruptcy Court for further proceedings. Following a motion to reconsider, the District Court upheld its remand on August 7, 2006, and instructed the Bankruptcy Court to conduct a “cost-benefit” analysis of the Committee’s claims, including the claims against the noteholders. The Bankruptcy Court held a status conference on October 25, 2006 and set a briefing schedule relating to this cost-benefit analysis.

It is possible that these matters and/or other developments resulting from these matters could result in increased fund redemptions or other adverse consequences to a fund. However, PIMCO and AGID believe that these matters are not likely to have a material adverse effect on a fund or on PIMCO’s or AGID’s ability to perform their respective investment advisory or distribution services relating to a fund.

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this prospectus. While there may be additional litigation or regulatory developments in connection with the matters discussed above, the foregoing disclosure of litigation and regulatory matters will be updated only if those developments are material.

 

B-98


Table of Contents

APPENDIX F – Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Mason Street Advisors, LLC

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

September, 2005

It is the policy of Mason Street Advisors, LLC (“MSA”) to monitor corporate events and to cast proxy votes in a manner consistent with the best interests of its advisory clients and in so doing not to subrogate its client’s interests to its own. These Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures will be used by MSA for voting proxies on behalf of all MSA clients (including mutual funds) for which MSA has voting authority.

In recognition of this policy, MSA has taken the following actions designed to ensure its efficacy. MSA has (i) adopted the Proxy Voting Guidelines attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Guidelines”), (ii) established a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Committee”), and (iii) implemented the specific procedures outlined below (the “Procedures”).

Proxy Voting Guidelines

MSA will generally vote all proxies consistent with the Guidelines unless otherwise determined in accordance with the Procedures. The Guidelines appearing as Exhibit A hereto are in summary form and generally cover issues voted on by holders of domestic equity securities. The complete Guidelines were developed and are maintained by Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), an unaffiliated proxy voting and research service. The Guidelines do not however provide an exhaustive list of all the potential voting issues that may arise with respect to any particular issuer or security. In circumstances where the Guidelines do not offer guidance, decisions on proxy voting will be made in accordance with the Procedures. While the Guidelines are to be followed as a general policy, the Procedures provide for certain circumstances where MSA will vote proxies in a manner which is contrary to the Guidelines after giving consideration to all relevant facts and circumstances.

Proxy Voting Committee

The Committee is responsible for developing and maintaining MSA’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and for overseeing their implementation. The Committee may amend, restate, supplement or otherwise modify these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (including, without limitation, the Guidelines) from time to time by majority vote. The Committee is also responsible for reviewing the proxy voting determinations made by portfolio managers4 that are contrary to the established Guidelines as well as certain voting determinations with respect to fixed income or other traditionally non-voting securities, and for monitoring and resolving any material conflicts of interest related to proxy voting. The Committee meets at least annually or as otherwise required to discharge its obligations under these Policies and Procedures. The Committee has a secretary who takes and maintains minutes of the Committee meetings. A quorum consisting of a majority of Committee members is required for all Committee meetings.


4

All references to portfolio managers includes analysts who may be assigned responsibility to vote proxies for certain issuers.

 

99


Table of Contents

The Committee members are appointed by MSA’s President from time to time, and serve at the discretion of the President.

Proxy Voting Procedures

A. Monitoring & Administration

MSA’s Equity Trading Department is responsible for monitoring and administering the proxy voting process as set forth in these Procedures with respect to equity securities. MSA has engaged ISS to assist in the voting of proxies. ISS is responsible for coordinating with the clients’ custodians to ensure that all proxy materials received by the custodians relating to the clients’ portfolio securities are processed in a timely fashion. In addition, ISS is responsible for maintaining copies of all proxy statements received from issuers, and promptly providing such materials to MSA upon request.

MSA’s Equity Trading Department sends equity holdings lists to ISS on a weekly basis and ISS ensures that meeting notices and proxy voting materials are reviewed against the Guidelines for these holdings. Following this review, ISS generates a voting recommendation for MSA. MSA’s Equity Trading Department in turn forwards each portfolio manager a weekly report from ISS which summarizes all upcoming proxy votes and current ISS recommendations for their consideration. To assist in their voting determinations, portfolio managers can request copies of the proxy statements on a particular vote, as well as summary reports (e.g., list of recommendations to vote “against management” or list of votes by country or issue). In addition, portfolio managers have on-line view access to ISS’s database to further review upcoming proxy votes in client accounts.

B. Voting Determinations

MSA’s portfolio managers are responsible for proxy voting decisions on securities held in the client accounts they manage. Generally, portfolio managers vote their proxies based on the recommendations generated through ISS’s application of the Guidelines. As such, MSA’s Equity Trading Department is instructed to vote all proxies in accordance with ISS’s recommendations, unless the portfolio manager indicates otherwise. MSA’s portfolio managers are responsible for monitoring proxy proposals in portfolios which they manage and notifying Equity Trading of circumstances where the interests of MSA’s clients may warrant a vote contrary to the Guidelines. In such instances, the portfolio manager will submit a written recommendation to the Head of MSA Equity Investments, who will review the recommendation to determine whether a conflict of interest exists. If no conflict of interest exists, the portfolio manager will be permitted to vote contrary to the Guidelines. A summary of such votes will be reviewed by the Committee at its next regularly scheduled meeting.

In many cases, a security may be held by multiple portfolio managers for different client accounts, or by the same portfolio manager in different client accounts. Because the interests of various clients may differ, separate portfolio managers are not required to cast consistent votes, nor is a single portfolio manager required to cast the same votes on behalf of separate clients.

 

B-100


Table of Contents

MSA reserves the right to request a client to vote their shares themselves. For example, such requests may be made in situations where the client has informed MSA that their position on a particular issue differs from MSA’s position.

C. Resolving Conflicts of Interest

From time to time, the interests of MSA, or certain of its personnel charged with making decisions on behalf of MSA’s clients with respect to voting proxies, may conflict with those of MSA’s clients. As a matter of policy, neither MSA nor its portfolio managers, Committee members, or other MSA officers, directors or employees will be influenced by outside sources whose interests conflict with the interests of clients. Any MSA officer, director or employee who becomes aware of a conflict of interest relating to a particular proxy vote shall immediately disclose that conflict to the Head of MSA Equity Investments or, if the conflict involves the Head of MSA Equity Investments, to the Committee.

Examples of potential conflicts of interest include:

 

 

 

Business Relationships. A proxy voting proposal relating to a company or other persons that MSA, or an affiliate, has a material business relationship with may cause a conflict if failure to vote in manner favorable to such company or other persons could harm MSA’s relationship with them. For example, a proxy proposal relating to a director of MSA or Northwestern Mutual5, who also serves as a director of a public company or a member of the company’s management.

 

   

Personal or Familial Relationships. A proxy voting proposal relating to a company or other persons that MSA, an officer director or employee of MSA, or an affiliate of MSA may have a personal or familial relationship. For example, a proxy proposal relating to a spouse, relative or friend who serves as a director of a public company or a member of the company’s management.

In the event a portfolio manager or other MSA officer, director or employee identifies a conflict of interest relating to a particular proxy proposal, the portfolio manager will be required to recuse himself or herself from the proxy voting process and the Committee will be responsible for reviewing the proposal and determining the vote. Unless the conflict of interest directly involves the applicable portfolio manager, the portfolio manager will be required to provide the Committee with a written recommendation as to how the proxy should be voted and the rationale for such recommendation. In addition, the portfolio manager will disclose to the Committee any contact he or she has had with persons outside of MSA regarding the proxy issue.

The Committee will review the portfolio manager’s voting recommendation (if any) and all relevant facts and circumstances and determine how the proxy should be voted. Application of the Guidelines to vote client proxies should, in most cases, adequately address any possible conflicts of interest since the Guidelines are pre-determined. However, if the Committee


5

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company, MSA’s parent company.

 

101


Table of Contents

believes the application of the Guidelines is not in the best interests of the applicable client, the Committee may vote contrary to the Guidelines and will document its voting rationale.

D. Decisions to Not Vote

MSA will attempt to process every proxy vote it receives. However, there are situations in which MSA may not vote proxies if the costs, resources or resulting restrictions required to vote such proxies outweigh the expected benefit to the applicable client of casting such a vote. For example, if voting a foreign security requires hiring a translator or traveling to a foreign country to vote, MSA may refrain from voting the security due to these inordinate costs. Additionally, many foreign markets restrict trading in a company’s stock within a given period of time on or around the shareholder meeting date if shareholders vote proxies of the company. This practice is known as “share blocking.” In countries where share blocking is practiced, MSA will only vote proxies if the portfolio manager determines that the benefit of voting the proxies outweighs the risk of not being able to sell the securities.

Some of MSA’s clients participate in securities lending programs under which shares of an issuer could be on loan while that issuer is conducting a proxy solicitation. As part of the securities lending program, if the securities stay on loan during the proxy solicitation, the client account lending the security cannot vote that proxy. In this situation, MSA will only request the client to call back the loan and vote the proxy if the portfolio manager determines that the benefit to the applicable client of voting the proxy outweighs the benefits derived by leaving the securities on loan.

Although the MSA Equity Trading Department and ISS seek to obtain all proxy materials on a timely basis, there may also be instances where MSA may not be given enough time to process a proxy vote. For example, MSA, through no fault of its own, may receive a meeting notice too late or may be unable to obtain a timely translation. In these circumstances, MSA may fail to vote the applicable proxies.

Recordkeeping

MSA retains proxy statements received regarding client securities, records of votes cast on behalf of clients, records of client requests for proxy voting information and all documents prepared by MSA regarding votes cast in contradiction to the Guidelines. In addition, any document prepared by MSA that is material to a proxy voting decision such as the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, Proxy Voting Guidelines, Proxy Voting Committee materials and other internal research relating to voting decisions will be retained. Proxy statements received from issuers are either available on the SEC’s EDGAR database or are kept by ISS and are available to clients on request. All proxy voting materials and supporting documentation are retained for a minimum of 6 years.

ERISA Clients

In the case of client accounts subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), MSA will consider in voting proxies those factors that may affect the

 

B-102


Table of Contents

value of its client’s accounts, and shall not subordinate the interests of participants and beneficiaries to unrelated objectives. MSA shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of like character and with like aims.

Fixed Income and Non-Voting Securities

To the extent applicable and not otherwise required in this section, these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures will also be used by MSA for exercising voting rights which may arise upon conversion of, or in connection with certain other situations with respect to, fixed income or other securities which do not ordinarily carry voting rights. These limited circumstances include extraordinary corporate actions, plans of reorganization, or liquidation or similar matters, however the procedural requirements contained in these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures shall not apply in the case of ordinary course requests for amendments, consent solicitations or directions with respect to the exercise of remedies for fixed income or other traditionally non-voting securities. In both instances however, it is the policy of MSA to cast these votes in a manner consistent with the best interests of its advisory clients and in so doing not to subrogate its client’s interests to its own.

Northwestern Mutual’s Treasury & Investment Operations personnel (as service providers to MSA) are responsible for coordinating with the clients’ custodians to ensure that all voting materials received by the custodians relating to the clients’ portfolio from issuers, trustees or other third parties are processed in a timely fashion and delivered to the applicable portfolio managers and MSA’s Chief Compliance Officer, and for maintaining voting records. As is the case with equity securities, MSA’s portfolio managers are responsible for voting decisions on fixed income or other non-equity securities held in the client accounts they manage. However, because no recommendations are generated by ISS, in the limited circumstances described above, the portfolio manager will submit a written recommendation as to how the client securities should be voted and the rationale for such recommendation to the Head of MSA Fixed Income Investments who will review the recommendation to determine whether a conflict of interest exists.6 In addition, the portfolio manager will disclose any contact he or she has had with persons outside of MSA regarding the voting issue. In the event that no conflict of interest exists, the Head of MSA Fixed Income Investments (or the Committee, as the case may be) will permit the portfolio manager to vote the client securities as recommended. A summary of such votes will be reviewed by the Committee at its next regularly scheduled meeting. In the event the portfolio manager or other MSA officer, director or employee identifies a conflict of interest relating to a particular proposal, the Committee will review the proposal and determine the vote based on the portfolio manager’s voting recommendation (if any) and all relevant facts and circumstances.


6

Any MSA officer, director or employee who becomes aware of a conflict of interest relating to a particular vote regarding fixed income or other non-voting securities shall immediately disclose that conflict to the Head of MSA Fixed Income Investing or, if the conflict involves the Head of MSA Fixed Income Investing, to the Committee.

 

B-103


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT A

MSA Proxy Voting Guidelines

Specific voting guidelines have been established by MSA for voting proxies. The following is a summary of some of the more significant policies. MSA has engaged Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), an unaffiliated proxy voting and research service, to assist in the voting of proxies. ISS makes proxy voting recommendations to MSA based on these Guidelines. A complete copy of the Guidelines is available to clients upon request.

US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

1. Auditors

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals on auditor rotation, taking into account these factors:

 

   

Tenure of the audit firm

 

   

Establishment and disclosure of a renewal process whereby the auditor is regularly evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price

 

   

Length of the rotation period advocated in the proposal

 

   

Significant audit-related issues

 

   

Number of audit committee meetings held each year

 

   

Number of financial experts serving on the committee

2. Board of Directors

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Generally, vote CASE-BY-CASE. But WITHHOLD votes from:

 

   

Insiders and affiliated outsiders on boards that are not at least majority independent

 

   

Directors who sit on more than six boards, or on more than two public boards in addition to their own if they are CEOs of public companies

 

   

Directors who adopt a poison pill without shareholder approval since the company’s last annual meeting and there is no requirement to put the pill to shareholder vote within 12 months of its adoption

 

   

Directors who serve on the compensation committee when there is a negative correlation

 

B-104


Table of Contents
 

between chief executive pay and company performance (fiscal year end basis)

 

   

Directors who have failed to address the issue(s) that resulted in any of the directors receiving more than 50% withhold votes out of those cast at the previous board election

Classification/Declassification of the Board

Vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board.

Vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

Independent Chairman (Separate Chairman/CEO)

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that the chairman and CEO positions be separated (independent chairman), unless the company has a strong countervailing governance structure, including a lead director, two-thirds independent board, all independent key committees, and established governance guidelines. Additionally, the company should not have underperformed its peers.

Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Committees

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the ISS definition of independence.

Open Access (shareholder resolution)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into account the ownership threshold proposed in the resolution and the proponent’s rationale.

3. Shareholder Rights

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.

Vote FOR proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written consent.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.

Vote FOR proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders to act independently of management.

 

B-105


Table of Contents

Supermajority Vote Requirements

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote FOR proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements.

Cumulative Voting

Vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

Vote proposals to restore or permit cumulative voting on a CASE-BY-CASE basis relative to the company’s other governance provisions.

Confidential Voting

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that corporations adopt confidential voting, use independent vote tabulators and use independent inspectors of election. In proxy contests, support confidential voting proposals only if dissidents agree to the same policy that applies to management.

4. Proxy Contests

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the factors that include the long-term financial performance, management’s track record, qualifications of director nominees (both slates), and an evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders.

Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

Vote CASE-BY-CASE. Where ISS recommends in favor of the dissidents, we also recommend voting for reimbursing proxy solicitation expenses.

5. Poison Pills

Vote FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification. Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill and management proposals to ratify a poison pill.

6. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and corporate restructurings based on such features as the fairness opinion, pricing, strategic rationale, and the negotiating process.

 

B-106


Table of Contents

7. Reincorporation Proposals

Proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns, including the reasons for reincorporating, a comparison of the governance provisions, and a comparison of the jurisdictional laws. Vote FOR reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.

8. Capital Structure

Common Stock Authorization

Votes on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a model developed by ISS.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable increase when a company’s shares are in danger of being delisted or if a company’s ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.

Dual-class Stock

Vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with superior voting rights.

Vote FOR proposals to create a new class of nonvoting or subvoting common stock if:

 

   

It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders

 

   

It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder

9. Executive and Director Compensation

ISS applies a quantitative methodology, but for Russell 3000 companies will also apply a pay-for-performance overlay in assessing equity-based compensation plans.

Vote AGAINST a plan if the cost exceeds the allowable cap.

Vote FOR a plan if the cost is reasonable (below the cap) unless any of the following conditions apply:

 

   

The plan expressly permits repricing of underwater options without shareholder approval; or

 

   

There is a disconnect between the CEO’s pay and performance (an increase in pay and a decrease in performance), the main source for the pay increase is equity-based, and the CEO

 

B-107


Table of Contents
 

participates in the plan being voted on

 

   

The company’s most recent three-year burn rate is excessive and is an outlier within its peer group

A company that has triggered the burn rate policy may avoid an AGAINST vote recommendation, if it commits to meet the industry average burn rate over the next three years. The above general voting guidelines for pay for performance may change if the compensation committee members can demonstrate improved performance in an additional public filing such as a DEFA 14A or 8K. To demonstrate improved performance, committee members should review all components of a CEO’s compensation and prepare a tally sheet with dollar amounts under various payout scenarios. The committee should also have the sole authority to hire and fire outside compensation consultants.

Director Compensation

Before recommending a vote FOR a director equity plan, ISS will review the company’s proxy statement for the following qualitative features:

 

   

Stock ownership guidelines (a minimum of three times the annual cash retainer)

 

   

Vesting schedule or mandatory holding/deferral period (minimum vesting of three years for stock options or restricted stock)

 

   

Balanced mix between cash and equity

 

   

Non-employee directors should not receive retirement benefits/perquisites

 

   

Detailed disclosure of cash and equity compensation for each director

Management Proposals Seeking Approval to Reprice Options

Votes on management proposals seeking approval to reprice options are evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis giving consideration to the following:

 

   

Historic trading patterns

 

   

Rationale for the repricing

 

   

Value-for-value exchange

 

   

Option vesting

 

   

Term of the option

 

B-108


Table of Contents
   

Exercise price

 

   

Participation

 

   

Treatment of surrendered options

Qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plans

Vote on qualified employee stock purchase plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR qualified employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

 

   

Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value

 

   

Offering period is 27 months or less, and

 

   

Potential voting power dilution (VPD) is 10 percent or less.

Vote AGAINST qualified employee stock purchase plans where any of the opposite conditions occur.

Nonqualified Employee Stock Purchase Plans

Vote on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR nonqualified plans with all the following features:

 

   

Broad-based participation

 

   

Limits on employee contribution (a fixed dollar amount or a percentage of base salary)

 

   

Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value

 

   

No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase since there is a company matching contribution

Vote AGAINST nonqualified employee stock purchase plans if they do not meet the above criteria.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Generally vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long term corporate outlook. But generally vote FOR shareholder proposals that:

 

B-109


Table of Contents
   

Advocate the use of performance-based awards like indexed, premium-priced, and performance-vested options or performance-based shares, unless the proposal is overly restrictive or the company already substantially uses such awards.

 

   

Call for a shareholder vote on extraordinary benefits contained in Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs).

10. Social and Environmental Issues

These issues cover a wide range of topics, including consumer and public safety, environment and energy, general corporate issues, labor standards and human rights, military business, and workplace diversity.

In general, vote CASE-BY-CASE. While a wide variety of factors goes into each analysis, the overall principal guiding all vote recommendations focuses on how the proposal will enhance the economic value of the company.

Vote:

 

   

FOR proposals for the company to amend its Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Statement to include reference to sexual orientation, unless the change would result in excessive costs for the company.

 

   

AGAINST resolutions asking for the adopting of voluntary labeling of ingredients or asking for companies to label until a phase out of such ingredients has been completed.

 

   

CASE-BY-CASE on proposals calling for companies to report on the risks associated with outsourcing, with consideration of the risks associated with certain international markets, the utility of such a report to shareholders, and the existence of a publicly available code of corporate conduct that applies to international operations

Global Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

   

there are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

   

the company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

 

B-110


Table of Contents

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Compensation

Vote FOR the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

   

there are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

the auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

   

nonaudit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

ABSTAIN if a company changes its auditor and fails to provide shareholders with an explanation for the change.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

Vote FOR the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:

 

   

there are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

   

questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

   

the auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

   

the dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

   

the payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

B-111


Table of Contents

Change in Company Fiscal Term

Note FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below five percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

Director Elections

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

   

Adequate disclosure has not been met in a timely fashion;

 

   

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;

 

   

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

   

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; and

 

   

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST shareholder nominees unless they demonstrate a clear ability to contribute positively to board deliberations.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

Vote AGAINST labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, as they are not required to be on those committees.

 

B-112


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to nonexecutive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote nonexecutive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both nonexecutive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for nonexecutive directors.

Discharge of Board and Management

Vote FOR discharge of the board and management, unless:

 

   

there are serious questions about actions of the board or management for the year in question; or

 

   

legal action is being taken against the board by other shareholders.

Vote AGAINST proposals to remove approval of discharge of board and management from the agenda.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.

Board Structure

Vote FOR proposals to fix board size.

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

 

B-113


Table of Contents

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances:

Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital.

Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

Specific Issuances:

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

Vote FOR nonspecific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

   

the specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet ISS guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

   

the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances (and less than 25 percent for companies in Japan).

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Capital Structures

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one share, one vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual class capital structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.

 

B-114


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets ISS’s guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

Vote nonconvertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets ISS’s guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans:

Vote FOR share repurchase plans, unless:

 

   

clear evidence of past abuse of the authority is available; or

 

   

the plan contains no safeguards against selective buybacks.

 

B-115


Table of Contents

Reissuance of Shares Repurchased:

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase In Par Value:

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

Reorganizations/Restructurings:

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions:

Vote FOR mergers and acquisitions, unless:

 

   

the impact on earnings or voting rights for one class of shareholders is disproportionate to the relative contributions of the group; or

 

   

the company’s structure following the acquisition or merger does not reflect good corporate governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

ABSTAIN if there is insufficient information available to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers:

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Reincorporation Proposals:

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities:

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions:

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Compensation Plans:

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

B-116


Table of Contents

Antitakeover Mechanisms:

Vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals:

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

 

B-117


Table of Contents

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

PROXY VOTING POLICIES & PROCEDURES

PIMCO has adopted written proxy voting policies and procedures (“Proxy Policy”) as required by Rules 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The Proxy Policy has been adopted by the Trust as the policies and procedures that PIMCO will use when voting proxies on behalf of the Portfolios. Recognizing that proxy voting is a rare event in the realm of fixed income investing and is typically limited to solicitation of consent to changes in features of debt securities, the Proxy Policy also applies to any voting rights and/or consent rights of PIMCO, on behalf of the Portfolios, with respect to debt securities, including but not limited to, plans of reorganization, and waivers and consents under applicable indentures.

The Proxy Policy is designed and implemented in a manner reasonably expected to ensure that voting and consent rights are exercised in the best interests of the Portfolios and their shareholders. Each proxy is voted on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration any relevant contractual obligations as well as other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. In general, PIMCO reviews and considers corporate governance issues related to proxy matters and generally supports proposals that foster good corporate governance practices. PIMCO may vote proxies as recommended by management on routine matters related to the operation of the issuer and on matters not expected to have a significant economic impact on the issuer and/or its shareholders.

PIMCO will supervise and periodically review its proxy voting activities and implementation of the Proxy Policy. PIMCO will review each proxy to determine whether there may be a material conflict between PIMCO and the Portfolios. If no conflict exists, the proxy will be forwarded to the appropriate portfolio manager for consideration. If a conflict does exist, PIMCO will seek to resolve any such conflict in accordance with the Proxy Policy. PIMCO seeks to resolve any material conflicts of interest by voting in good faith in the best interest of the Portfolios. If a material conflict of interest should arise, PIMCO will seek to resolve such conflict in the Funds’ best interest by pursuing any one of the following courses of action: (i) convening a committee to assess and resolve the conflict; (ii) voting in accordance with the instructions of the Board; (iii) voting in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third-party service provider; (iv) suggesting to the Board that the Portfolios engage another party to determine how the proxy should be voted; (v) delegating the vote to a third-party service provider; or (vi) voting in accordance with the factors discussed in the Proxy Policy.

Information about how a Portfolio voted proxies relating to portfolio securities held during the most recent twelve month period ended June 30th is available no later than the following August 31st without charge, upon request, by calling PIMCO at 1-866-746-2606 and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Copies of the written Proxy Policy and the factors that PIMCO may consider in determining how to vote proxies for the Policies are available by calling PIMCO at 1-866-746-2606 and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

B-118


Table of Contents

CAPITAL GUARDIAN TRUST COMPANY

PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

Policy

Capital Guardian Trust Company (“CGTC”) provides investment management services to clients that include, among others, corporate and public pension plans, foundations and endowments and registered investment companies. CGTC’s Personal Investment Management Division (“PIM”) provides investment management and fiduciary services, including trust and estate administration, primarily to high net-worth individuals and families. CGTC considers proxy voting an important part of those management services, and as such, CGTC seeks to vote the proxies of securities held by clients in accounts for which it has proxy voting authority in the best interest of those clients. The procedures that govern this activity are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of CGTC’s clients.

Fiduciary Responsibility and Long-term Shareholder Value.

GTC’s fiduciary obligation to manage its accounts in the best interest of its clients extends to proxy voting. When voting proxies, CGTC considers those factors which would affect the value of its clients’ investment and acts solely in the interest of, and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to, its clients. As required by ERISA, CGTC votes proxies solely in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of retirement plans and does not subordinate the interest of participants and beneficiaries in their retirement income to unrelated objectives.

CGTC believes the best interests of clients are served by voting proxies in a way that maximizes long-term shareholder value. Therefore, the investment professionals responsible for voting proxies have the discretion to make the best decision given the individual facts and circumstances of each issue. Proxy issues are evaluated on their merits and considered in the context of the analyst’s knowledge of a company, its current management, management’s past record, and CGTC’s general position on the issue. In addition, many proxy issues are reviewed and voted on by a proxy voting committee comprised primarily of investment professionals, bringing a wide range of experience and views to bear on each decision.

As the management of a portfolio company is responsible for its day-to-day operations, CGTC believes that management, subject to the oversight of the relevant board of directors, is often in the best position to make decisions that serve the interests of shareholders. However, CGTC votes against management on proposals where it perceives a conflict may exist between management and client interests, such as those that may insulate management or diminish shareholder rights. CGTC also votes against management in other cases where the facts and circumstances indicate that the proposal is not in its clients’ best interests.

 

B-119


Table of Contents

Special Review

From time to time CGTC may vote a) on proxies of portfolio companies that are also clients of CGTC or its affiliates, b) on shareholder proposals submitted by clients, or c) on proxies for which clients have publicly supported or actively solicited CGTC or its affiliates to support a particular position. When voting these proxies, CGTC analyzes the issues on their merits and does not consider any client relationship in a way that interferes with its responsibility to vote proxies in the best interest of its clients. The CGTC Special Review Committee reviews certain of these proxy decisions for improper influences on the decision-making process and takes appropriate action, if necessary.

Procedures

Proxy Review Process

Associates in CGTC’s proxy voting department are responsible for coordinating the voting of proxies. These associates work with outside proxy voting service providers and custodian banks and are responsible for coordinating and documenting the internal review of proxies.

The proxy voting department reviews each proxy ballot for standard and non-standard items. Standard proxy items are typically voted with management unless the research analyst who follows the company or a member of an investment or proxy voting committee requests additional review. Standard items currently include the uncontested election of directors, ratifying auditors, adopting reports and accounts, setting dividends and allocating profits for the prior year and certain other administrative items.

All other items are sent by the proxy voting department to the research analyst who follows the company. The analyst reviews the proxy statement and makes a recommendation about how to vote on the issues based on his or her in-depth knowledge of the company. Recommendations to vote with management on certain limited issues are voted accordingly. All other non-standard issues receive further consideration by a proxy voting committee, which reviews the issue and the analyst’s recommendation, and decides how to vote. A proxy voting committee may escalate to the full investment committee(s) those issues for which it believes a broader review is warranted. Various proxy voting committees specialize in regional mandates and review the proxies of portfolio companies within their mandates. The proxy voting committees are comprised primarily of members of CGTC’s and its institutional affiliates’ investment committees and their activity is subject to oversight by those committees.

For securities held only in PIM accounts, non-standard items are sent to those associates to whom the CGTC Investment Committee has delegated the review and voting of proxies. These associates may forward certain proposals to the appropriate investment committee for discussion and a formal vote if they believe a broader review is warranted.

CGTC seeks to vote all of its clients’ proxies. In certain circumstances, CGTC may decide not to vote a proxy because the costs of voting outweigh the benefits to its clients (e.g., when voting

 

B-120


Table of Contents

could lead to share blocking where CGTC wishes to retain flexibility to trade shares). In addition, proxies with respect to securities on loan through client directed lending programs are not available to CGTC to vote and therefore are not voted.

Proxy Voting Guidelines

CGTC has developed proxy voting guidelines that reflect its general position and practice on various issues. To preserve the ability of decision makers to make the best decision in each case, these guidelines are intended only to provide context and are not intended to dictate how the issue must be voted. The guidelines are reviewed and updated as necessary, but at least annually, by the appropriate proxy voting and investment committees.

CGTC’s general positions related to corporate governance, capital structure, stock option and compensation plans and social and corporate responsibility issues are reflected below.

 

   

Corporate governance. CGTC supports strong corporate governance practices. It generally votes against proposals that serve as anti-takeover devices or diminish shareholder rights, such as poison pill plans and supermajority vote requirements, and generally supports proposals that encourage responsiveness to shareholders, such as initiatives to declassify the board. Mergers and acquisitions, reincorporations and other corporate restructurings are considered on a case-by-case basis, based on the investment merits of the proposal.

 

   

Capital structure. CGTC generally supports increases to capital stock for legitimate financing needs. It generally does not support changes in capital stock that can be used as anti-takeover devices, such as the creation of or increase in blank-check preferred stock or of a dual class capital structure with different voting rights.

 

   

Stock-related compensation plans. CGTC supports the concept of stock-related compensation plans as a way to align employee and shareholder interests. However, plans that include features which undermine the connection between employee and shareholder interests generally are not supported. , When voting on proposals related to new plans or changes to existing plans, CGTC considers, among other things, the following information, to the extent it is available: the exercise price of the options, the size of the overall plan and/or the size of the increase, the historical dilution rate, whether the plan permits option repricing, the duration of the plan, and the needs of the company. Additionally, CGTC supports option expensing in theory and will generally support shareholder proposals on option expensing if such proposal language is non-binding and does not require the company to adopt a specific expensing methodology.

 

   

Corporate social responsibility. CGTC votes on these issues based on the potential impact to the value of its clients’ investment in the portfolio company.

Special Review Procedures

If a research analyst has a personal conflict in making a voting recommendation on a proxy issue, he or she must disclose such conflict, along with his or her recommendation. If a member

 

B-121


Table of Contents

of the proxy voting committee has a personal conflict in voting the proxy, he or she must disclose such conflict to the appropriate proxy voting committee and must not vote on the issue.

Clients representing 0.0025 or more of assets under investment management across all affiliates owned by The Capital Group Companies, Inc. (CGTC’s parent company), are deemed to be “Interested Clients”. Each proxy is reviewed to determine whether the portfolio company, a proponent of a shareholder proposal, or a known supporter of a particular proposal is an Interested Client. If the voting decision for a proxy involving an Interested Client is against such client, then it is presumed that there was no undue influence in favor of the Interested Client. If the decision is in favor of the Interested Client, then the decision, the rationale for such decision, information about the client relationship and all other relevant information is reviewed by the Special Review Committee (“SRC”). The SRC reviews such information in order to identify whether there were improper influences on the decision-making process so that it may determine whether the decision was in the best interest of CGTC’s clients. Based on its review, the SRC may accept or override the decision, or determine another course of action. The SRC is comprised of senior representatives from CGTC’s and its institutional affiliates’ investment and legal groups and does not include representatives from the marketing department.

Any other proxy will be referred to the SRC if facts or circumstances warrant further review.

CGTC’s Proxy Voting Record

Upon client request, CGTC will provide reports of its proxy voting record as it relates to the securities held in the client’s account(s) for which CGTC has proxy voting authority.

Annual Assessment

CGTC will conduct an annual assessment of this proxy voting policy and related procedures and will notify clients for which it has proxy voting authority of any material changes to the policy and procedures.

Effective Date: This policy is effective as of March 24, 2006.

 

B-122


Table of Contents

MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

September 17, 2003, as revised on September 20, 2004, March 15, 2005 and March 1, 2006

Massachusetts Financial Services Company, MFS Institutional Advisors, Inc. and MFS’ other investment adviser subsidiaries (collectively, “MFS”) have adopted proxy voting policies and procedures (“MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures”), with respect to securities owned by the clients for which MFS serves as investment adviser and has the power to vote proxies, including the registered investment companies sponsored by MFS.

A. VOTING GUIDELINES

 

  1. General Policy; Potential Conflicts of Interest

MFS’ policy is that proxy voting decisions are made in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in the interests of any other party or in MFS’ corporate interests, including interests such as the distribution of MFS Fund shares, administration of 401(k) plans, and institutional relationships.

MFS has carefully reviewed matters that in recent years have been presented for shareholder vote by either management or shareholders of public companies. Based on the overall principle that all votes cast by MFS on behalf of its clients must be in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of such clients, MFS has adopted proxy voting guidelines, set forth below, that govern how MFS generally will vote on specific matters presented for shareholder vote. In all cases, MFS will exercise its discretion in voting on these matters in accordance with this overall principle. In other words, the underlying guidelines are simply that – guidelines. Proxy items of significance are often considered on a case-by-case basis, in light of all relevant facts and circumstances, and in certain cases MFS may vote proxies in a manner different from these guidelines.

As a general matter, MFS maintains a consistent voting position on similar proxy proposals with respect to various issuers. In addition, MFS generally votes consistently on the same matter when securities of an issuer are held by multiple client accounts. However, MFS recognizes that there are gradations in certain types of proposals that might result in different voting positions being taken with respect to different proxy statements. There also may be situations involving matters presented for shareholder vote that are not clearly governed by the guidelines, such as proposed mergers and acquisitions. Some items that otherwise would be acceptable will be voted against the proponent when it is seeking extremely broad flexibility without offering a valid explanation. MFS reserves the right to override the guidelines with respect to a particular shareholder vote when such an override is, in MFS’ best judgment, consistent with the overall principle of voting proxies in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients.

From time to time, MFS receives comments on these guidelines as well as regarding particular voting issues from its clients and corporate issuers. These comments

 

B-123


Table of Contents

are carefully considered by MFS, when it reviews these guidelines each year and revises them as appropriate.

These policies and procedures are intended to address any potential material conflicts of interest on the part of MFS or its affiliates that are likely to arise in connection with the voting of proxies on behalf of MFS’ clients. If such potential material conflicts of interest do arise, MFS will analyze, document and report on such potential material conflicts of interest (see Sections B.2 and E below), and shall ultimately vote the relevant proxies in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of its clients. The MFS Proxy Review Group is responsible for monitoring and reporting with respect to such potential material conflicts of interest.

B. ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES

1. MFS Proxy Review Group

The administration of these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is overseen by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, which includes senior personnel from the MFS Legal and Global Investment Support Departments. The MFS Proxy Voting Committee:

 

  a. Reviews these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures at least annually and recommends any amendments considered to be necessary or advisable;

 

  b. Determines whether any potential material conflicts of interest exist with respect to instances in which (i) MFS seeks to override these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and (ii) votes on ballot items not clearly governed by these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures; and

 

  c. Considers special proxy issues as they may arise from time to time.

2. Potential Conflicts of Interest

The MFS Proxy Voting Committee is responsible for monitoring potential material conflicts of interest on the part of MFS or its affiliates that could arise in connection with the voting of proxies on behalf of MFS’ clients. Any significant attempt to influence MFS’ voting on a particular proxy matter should be reported to the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.

In cases where proxies are voted in accordance with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, no material conflict of interest will be deemed to exist. In cases where (i) MFS is considering overriding these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, or (ii) matters presented for vote are not clearly governed by these MFS

 

B-124


Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, or delegees, will follow these procedures:

 

  a. Compare the name of the issuer of such proxy against a list of significant current and potential (i) distributors of MFS Fund shares, (ii) retirement plans administered by MFS, and (iii) MFS institutional clients (the “MFS Significant Client List”);

 

  b. If the name of the issuer does not appear on the MFS Significant Client List, then no material conflict of interest will be deemed to exist, and the proxy will be voted as otherwise determined by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee;

 

  c. If the name of the issuer appears on the MFS Significant Client List, then at least one member of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will carefully evaluate the proposed vote in order to ensure that the proxy ultimately is voted in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in MFS’ corporate interests; and

 

  d. For all potential material conflicts of interest identified under clause (c) above, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will document: the name of the issuer, the issuer’s relationship to MFS, the analysis of the matters submitted for proxy vote, and the basis for the determination that the votes ultimately were cast in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in MFS’ corporate interests. A copy of the foregoing documentation will be provided to the MFS’ Conflicts Officer.

The members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee are responsible for creating and maintaining the MFS Significant Client List, in consultation with MFS’ distribution, retirement plan administration and institutional business units. The MFS Significant Client List will be reviewed and updated periodically, as appropriate.

3. Gathering Proxies

Most proxies received by MFS and its clients originate at Automatic Data Processing Corp. (“ADP”) although a few proxies are transmitted to investors by corporate issuers through their custodians or depositories. ADP and issuers send proxies and related material directly to the record holders of the shares beneficially owned by MFS’ clients, usually to the client’s custodian or, less commonly, to the client itself. This material will include proxy cards, reflecting the proper shareholdings of Funds and of clients on the record dates for such shareholder meetings, as well as proxy statements with the issuer’s explanation of the items to be voted upon.

MFS, on behalf of itself and the Funds, has entered into an agreement with an independent proxy administration firm, Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (the “Proxy Administrator”), pursuant to which the Proxy Administrator performs various proxy vote related services, such as vote processing and recordkeeping functions for

 

B-125


Table of Contents

MFS’ Funds and institutional client accounts. The Proxy Administrator receives proxy statements and proxy cards directly or indirectly from various custodians, logs these materials into its database and matches upcoming meetings with MFS Fund and client portfolio holdings, which are input into the Proxy Administrator’s system by an MFS holdings datafeed. Through the use of the Proxy Administrator system, ballots and proxy material summaries for the upcoming shareholders’ meetings of over 10,000 corporations are available on-line to certain MFS employees and the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.

4. Analyzing Proxies

Proxies are voted in accordance with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures. The Proxy Administrator at the prior direction of MFS automatically votes all proxy matters that do not require the particular exercise of discretion or judgment with respect to these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures as determined by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee. With respect to proxy matters that require the particular exercise of discretion or judgment, MFS considers and votes on those proxy matters. Representatives of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee review, as appropriate, votes cast to ensure conformity with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

As a general matter, portfolio managers and investment analysts have little or no involvement in specific votes taken by MFS. This is designed to promote consistency in the application of MFS’ voting guidelines, to promote consistency in voting on the same or similar issues (for the same or for multiple issuers) across all client accounts, and to minimize the potential that proxy solicitors, issuers, or third parties might attempt to exert inappropriate influence on the vote. In limited types of votes (e.g., corporate actions, such as mergers and acquisitions), a representative of MFS Proxy Voting Committee may consult with or seek recommendations from portfolio managers or analysts.7 However, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee would ultimately determine the manner in which all proxies are voted.

As noted above, MFS reserves the right to override the guidelines when such an override is, in MFS’ best judgment, consistent with the overall principle of voting proxies in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients. Any such override of the guidelines shall be analyzed, documented and reported in accordance with the procedures set forth in these policies.

5. Voting Proxies

In accordance with its contract with MFS, the Proxy Administrator also generates a variety of reports for the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, and makes available on-line

 


7

From time to time, due to travel schedules and other commitments, an appropriate portfolio manager or research analyst is not available to provide a recommendation on a merger or acquisition proposal. If such a recommendation cannot be obtained within a few business days prior to the shareholder meeting, the MFS Proxy Review Group may determine to vote the proxy in what it believes to be the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients.

 

126


Table of Contents

various other types of information so that the MFS Proxy Voting Committee may review and monitor the votes cast by the Proxy Administrator on behalf of MFS’ clients.

C. MONITORING SYSTEM

It is the responsibility of the Proxy Administrator and MFS’ Proxy Voting Committee to monitor the proxy voting process. When proxy materials for clients are received, they are forwarded to the Proxy Administrator and are input into the Proxy Administrator’s system. Through an interface with the portfolio holdings database of MFS, the Proxy Administrator matches a list of all MFS Funds and clients who hold shares of a company’s stock and the number of shares held on the record date with the Proxy Administrator’s listing of any upcoming shareholder’s meeting of that company.

When the Proxy Administrator’s system “tickler” shows that the voting cut-off date of a shareholders’ meeting is approaching, a Proxy Administrator representative checks that the vote for MFS Funds and clients holding that security has been recorded in the computer system. If a proxy card has not been received from the client’s custodian, the Proxy Administrator calls the custodian requesting that the materials be forwarded immediately. If it is not possible to receive the proxy card from the custodian in time to be voted at the meeting, MFS may instruct the custodian to cast the vote in the manner specified and to mail the proxy directly to the issuer.

D. RECORDS RETENTION

MFS will retain copies of these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in effect from time to time and will retain all proxy voting reports submitted to the Board of Trustees, Board of Directors and Board of Managers of the MFS Funds for the period required by applicable law. Proxy solicitation materials, including electronic versions of the proxy cards completed by representatives of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, together with their respective notes and comments, are maintained in an electronic format by the Proxy Administrator and are accessible on-line by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee. All proxy voting materials and supporting documentation, including records generated by the Proxy Administrator’s system as to proxies processed, including the dates when proxy ballots were received and submitted, and the votes on each company’s proxy issues, are retained as required by applicable law.

E. REPORTS

At any time, a report can be printed by MFS for each client who has requested that MFS furnish a record of votes cast. The report specifies the proxy issues which have been voted for the client during the year and the position taken with respect to each issue.

Generally, MFS will not divulge actual voting practices to any party other than the client or its representatives (unless required by applicable law) because we consider that information to be confidential and proprietary to the client.

 

B-127


Table of Contents

AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

PROXY VOTING SUMMARY

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

American Century Investment Management, Inc. (“ACIM”) is responsible for exercising the voting rights associated with the securities purchased and/or held by the American Century Large Company Value Portfolio and the American Century Inflation Protection Bond Portfolio. In exercising its voting obligations, ACIM is guided by general fiduciary principles. It must act prudently, solely in the interest of the funds, and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to them. ACIM attempts to consider all factors of its vote that could affect the value of the investment. The portfolios’ Board of Directors has approved the advisor’s proxy voting guidelines to govern ACIM’s proxy voting activities.

ACIM has determined certain significant contributors to shareholder value with respect to a number of matters that are often the subject of proxy solicitations for shareholder meetings. The proxy voting guidelines specifically address these considerations and establish a framework for ACIM’s consideration of the vote that would be appropriate for the portfolios. In particular, the proxy voting guidelines outline principles and factors to be considered in the exercise of voting authority for proposals addressing:

 

   

Election of Directors

 

   

Ratification of Selection of Auditors

 

   

Equity-Based Compensation Plans

 

   

Anti-Takeover Proposals

- Cumulative Voting

- Staggered Boards

- “Blank Check” Preferred Stock

- Elimination of Preemptive Rights

- Non-targeted Share Repurchase

- Increase in Authorized Common Stock

- “Supermajority” Voting Provisions or Super Voting Share Classes

- “Fair Price” Amendments

- Limiting the Right to Call Special Shareholder Meetings

- Poison Pills or Shareholder Rights Plans

- Golden Parachutes

- Reincorporation

- Confidential Voting

- Opting In or Out of State Takeover Laws

 

   

Shareholder Proposals Involving Social, Moral or Ethical Matters

 

   

Anti-Greenmail Proposals

 

   

Changes to Indemnification Provisions

 

   

Non-Stock Incentive Plans

 

B-128


Table of Contents
   

Director Tenure

 

   

Directors’ Stock Options Plans

 

   

Director Share Ownership

Finally, the proxy voting guidelines establish procedures for voting of proxies in cases in which ACIM may have a potential conflict of interest. Companies with which ACIM has direct business relationships could theoretically use these relationships to attempt to unduly influence the manner in which ACIM votes on matters for the portfolios. To ensure that such a conflict of interest does not affect proxy votes cast for the portfolios, all discretionary (including case-by-case) voting for these companies will be voted in direct consultation with a committee of the independent directors of the portfolios.

A copy of the ACIM’s proxy voting guidelines and information regarding how ACIM voted proxies relating to portfolio securities are available on the About Us page at www.americancentury.com. ACIM’s proxy voting record also is available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

B-129


Table of Contents

APPENDIX G – Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Recipients

Service Providers

 

   

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company in its capacity as service provider to the Fund and Mason Street Advisors, LLC

 

   

Mason Street Advisors, LLC in its capacity as investment adviser, and each of the Sub-Advisers, for the Fund

 

   

The Fund’s directors and legal counsel to the independent directors

 

   

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Mellon Bank, N.A. and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. in their capacity as custodians, and depositories utilized by the foregoing]

 

   

Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP in its capacity as independent auditors for the Fund

 

   

Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. in its capacity as proxy service provider for Mason Street Advisors, LLC

 

   

Epstein & Associates, Inc. (StarCompliance) in its capacity as provider of Code of Ethics compliance services

 

   

FT Interactive Data Corporation and its subsidiaries, Bloomberg L.P. and TradeWeb Group LLC in their capacity as provider of pricing services

 

   

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. in its capacity as international fund accountant

 

   

Financial writers utilized to assist in the preparation of fund advertising and reporting materials

 

   

Financial printers used to print advertising and regulatory materials

Investment Professionals

 

ABG Sundal Collier    Kaufman Bros
AG Edwards    KBC Financial Products
Auerbach Grayson    Keefe Bruyette & Woods
Amherst Securities Group    Kepler Securities
Arbor Research    Lazard
Banc of America Securities LLC    Legg Mason Wood Walker
Bears Stearns & Co., Inc.    Lehman Brothers
BMO Nesbitt Burns    MacQuarie Securities USA, Inc.
BTIG, LLC    Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.
CA-IB Securities    Mesirow Financial
Cantor Fitzgerald    Mizuho Securities USA, Inc.
Carnegie Inc.    Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated
Cazenove, Inc    Nesbitt Burns
Cheuvreux Securities    National Bank of Canada

 

B-130


Table of Contents
CIBC World Markets    Nordic Partners
Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.    Off the Record Research (OTA)
CLSA    Oddo Securities
Countrywide Securities Corp.    Raymond James & Associates Inc.
Credit Suisse First Boston, LLC    R. Seelaus & Company
Daiwa Securities America Inc.    RBC Securities
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.    Redburn Partners LLP
Dresdner Kleinwort Benson    Robert W. Baird & Company Inc.
E-Trade    Robinson Humphrey
Enskilda Securities    Sanford C. Bernstein Co., LLC
ESN North America Inc.    Santander Securities
Exane, Inc.    SG Americas Securities
First Analysis Group    Simmons
Fortis Securities    Stephens Inc.
FTN Financial Securities Corp.    Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Inc.
Goldman Sachs    SunTrust Robinson Humphrey
HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.    Swedbank Humphrey
HVB Capital Markets – CAIB Securities    Thomas Weisel Securities
Intermonte Securities    UBS Warburg
Ixis Securities    William Blair & Company
Janco Partners    Williams Capital Group
Jefferies    WR Hambrecht
J.P. Morgan   

Lending Parties

Banc of America Securities LLC

Bear Stearns & Co., Inc.

Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.

Credit Suisse First Boston, LLC

Goldman Sachs

Lehman Brothers

Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.

Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated

Southwest Securities, Inc.

 

B-131


Table of Contents

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 23.

 

Exhibit   

Description

  

Filed Herewith/Incorporated Herein By Reference To

(a)1(a)    Articles of Incorporation of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed with the State of Maryland on December 22, 1983    EX-99.B1 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 13 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 26, 1996
(a)1(b)    Articles of Amendment of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed with the State of Maryland on May 3, 1993    EX-99.B1(a) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 13 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 26, 1996
(a)1(c)    Resolutions to Amend the Articles of Incorporation of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. adopted by the Directors on February 4, 1999 and filed with the State of Maryland on February 11, 1999    Exhibit A(1) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 16 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 25, 1999
(a)1(d)    Resolutions to Amend the Articles of Incorporation of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. adopted by the Directors on May 3, 2001 and filed with the State of Maryland on May 4, 2001    Exhibit A(1) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 20 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on May 17, 2001
(a)1(e)    Resolutions to Amend the Articles of Incorporation of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. adopted by the Directors on November 7, 2002 and filed with the State of Maryland on January 31, 2003    Exhibit A(1) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 23 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 14, 2003
(a)1(f)    Resolutions to Amend the Articles of Incorporation of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. adopted by the Directors on February 6, 2003 and filed with the State of Maryland on February 7 , 2003    Exhibit A(2) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 23 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 14, 2003
(a)1(g)    Resolutions to Amend the Articles of Incorporation of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. adopted by the Directors on August 3, 2006 and filed with the State of Maryland on February 2, 2007    Exhibit (a)1(g) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 29 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 23, 2007
(a)1(h)    Resolutions to Amend the Articles of Incorporation of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. adopted by the Directors on February 21, 2007 and filed with the State of Maryland on February 22, 2007    Filed herewith
(b)1(a)    By-Laws of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc.    EX-99.B2 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 13 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 26, 1996
(b)1(b)    Amendment to By-Laws of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. dated February 6, 1997    EX-99.B2 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 14 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 27, 1997

 

C-1


Table of Contents
(b)1(c)    Amendment to By-Laws of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. dated November 6, 1997    Exhibit B(2) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 15 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 28, 1998
(b)1(d)    Amendment to By-Laws of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. dated August 6, 1998    Exhibit B(2)(a) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 16 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 25, 1999
(b)1(e)    Resolutions to Amend By-Laws of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. adopted by the Directors on February 4, 1999    Exhibit B(2)(b) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 16 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 25, 1999
(b)1(f)    Resolutions to Amend By-Laws of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. adopted by the Directors on May 3, 2001    Exhibit B(1) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 20 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on May 17, 2001
(b)1(g)    Amendment to By-Laws of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. dated February 7, 2002    Exhibit B to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 22 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 29, 2002
(b)1(h)    Resolutions to Amend By-Laws of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. adopted by the Directors on February 6, 2003    Exhibit B to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 23 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 14, 2003
(b)1(i)    Amendment of By-Laws for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc., dated August 7, 2003    Exhibit (b) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 25 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 29, 2004
(b)1(j)    Amended and Restated By-Laws of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. adopted on August 5, 2004    Exhibit (b)1(j) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 26 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 18, 2005
(b)1(k)    Amendment to By-Laws of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. dated May 4, 2006    Exhibit (b)1(k) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 29 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 23, 2007
(d)1(a)    Assignment and Assumption of Contracts between Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC (“Assignor”) and Mason Street Advisers, LLC, n/k/a Mason Street Advisors, LLC (“Assignee”), dated January 1, 2002    Exhibit D to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 22 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 29, 2002
(d)1(b)    Investment Advisory Agreement between Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and Mason Street Advisors, LLC (on behalf of the eighteen Portfolios), dated May 1, 2003    Exhibit (d)1 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 25 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 29, 2004
(d)1(c)    Form of Amended Investment Advisory Agreement between Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and Mason Street Advisors, LLC (on behalf of the eighteen Portfolios) dated April 30, 2007    Exhibit (d)1(c) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 29 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 23, 2007
(d)1(d)    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and Mason Street Advisors, LLC (on behalf of the nine new Portfolios) dated April 30, 2007    Filed herewith

 

C-2


Table of Contents
(d)2(a)    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement Between Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, Inc., and Templeton Investment Counsel, Inc. (on behalf of the International Equity Portfolio), dated April 29, 1994    EX-99.B5(h) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 13 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 26, 1996
(d)2(b)    Form of Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC and Capital Guardian Trust Company (on behalf of the Capital Guardian Domestic Equity Portfolio)    Exhibit D(2) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 20 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on May 17, 2001
(d)2(c)    Form of Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (on behalf of the T. Rowe Price Small Cap Value Portfolio)    Exhibit D(3) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 20 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on May 17, 2001
(d)2(d)    Form of Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Mason Street Advisors, LLC, Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and Alliance Capital Management L.P. (on behalf of the AllianceBernstein Mid Cap Value Portfolio)    Exhibit D(3) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 23 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 14, 2003
(d)2(e)   

Form of Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Mason Street Advisors, LLC and T. Rowe Price

Associates, Inc. (on behalf of the T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio)

   Exhibit D(5) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 23 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 14, 2003
(d)2(f)    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Mason Street Advisors, LLC and Janus Capital Management LLC (on behalf of the Janus Capital Appreciation Portfolio)    Exhibit D to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 24 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on May 1, 2003
(d)2(g)    Form of Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Mason Street Advisors, LLC and              dated May 1, 2007    Filed herewith
(d)2(h)    Amendment to Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement between Janus Capital Management LLC and Mason Street Advisors, LLC (on behalf of Janus Capital Appreciation Portfolio), dated May 12, 2003    Exhibit (d)2 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 25 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 29, 2004
(d)2(i)    Amendment to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Mason Street Advisors, Inc. and Templeton Investment Counsel, Inc. (on behalf of the International Equity Portfolio) dated November 15, 2006    Exhibit (d)2(h) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 29 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 23, 2007

 

C-3


Table of Contents
(g)1(a)    Form of Domestic Custody Agreement between Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. (on behalf of the Index 400 Stock Portfolio and the Small Cap Growth Stock Portfolio) and The Chase Manhattan Bank    Exhibit G(8)(a) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 16 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 25, 1999
(g)1(b)    Form of amendment to domestic Custodian Agreement between The Chase Manhattan Bank and Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. (on behalf of the T. Rowe Price Small Cap Value Portfolio, International Growth Portfolio, Asset Allocation Portfolio and the Capital Guardian Domestic Equity Portfolio)    Exhibit G(1) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 20 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on May 17, 2001
(g)2    Mutual Fund Custody and Services Agreement between Mellon Bank, N.A. and Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. (on behalf of the Select Bond Portfolio and the Balanced Portfolio), dated May 26, 2004    Exhibit (g)2 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 26 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 18, 2005
(g)3(a)    Foreign Custodian Agreement Between Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. and Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc., dated March 31, 1997    Exhibit (g)3(a) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 26 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 18, 2005
(g)3(b)    Form of amendment to foreign Custodian Agreement between Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. and Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. (Rule 17f-7)    Exhibit G(3) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 20 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on May 17, 2001
(g)3(c)    Amendment to the Custodian Agreement between Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. and Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc., dated May 1, 2003    Exhibit (g)3(c) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 26 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 18, 2005
(h)1    License Agreement between Standard & Poor’s Corporation and Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. (on behalf of the Index 400 Stock Portfolio), dated February 19, 1999    Exhibit H(9) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 16 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 25, 1999
(h)2(a)    Form of Agreement to Pay or Reimburse Expenses of the Small Cap Growth Stock Portfolio and the Index 400 Stock Portfolio    Exhibit H to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 17 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 29, 1999
(h)2(b)   

Form of Agreement to Pay or Reimburse Expenses between Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc., Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC and The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company (on behalf of the T. Rowe

Price Small Cap Value Portfolio, International Growth Portfolio, Capital Guardian Domestic Equity Portfolio and Asset Allocation Portfolio)

   Exhibit H(2) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 20 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on May 17, 2001

 

C-4


Table of Contents
(h)3(a)   

Foreign Custody Manager Delegation Agreement and Appendix “A” thereto, between Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and Brown Brothers

Harriman & Co., dated March 31, 1997

   Exhibit (h)3(a) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 26 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 18, 2005
(h)3(b)    Form of amendment to Delegation Agreement between Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. and Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. (on behalf of the AllianceBernstein Mid Cap Value Portfolio, the Janus Capital Appreciation Portfolio and the T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio)    Exhibit H(1) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 23 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 14, 2003
(h)4    Form of Agreement to Waive Fees between Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and Mason Street Advisors, LLC (on behalf of the AllianceBernstein Mid Cap Value Portfolio, the Janus Capital Appreciation Portfolio and the T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio)    Exhibit H(2) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 23 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 14, 2003
(h)5    Updated Agreement to waive fees and reimburse expenses (on behalf of the T. Rowe Price Small Cap Value Portfolio, International Growth Portfolio, Capital Guardian Domestic Equity Portfolio and Asset Allocation Portfolio), dated April 27, 2006    Exhibit (h)5 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 28 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 27, 2006
(h)6    Updated Agreement to waive fees and reimburse expenses (on behalf of the AllianceBernstein Mid Cap Value Portfolio, the Janus Capital Appreciation Portfolio and the T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio), dated April 27, 2006    Exhibit (h)6 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 28 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 27, 2006
(h)7    Agreement to Waive Investment Advisory Fees Relating to the Franklin Templeton International Equity Portfolio dated November 15, 2006    Exhibit (h)7 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 29 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 23, 2007
(h)8    Agreement to Waive Investment Advisory Fees Relating to the Franklin Templeton International Equity Portfolio dated December 12, 2006    Exhibit (h)8 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 29 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 23, 2007
(h)(9)    Form of Agreement to Waive Investment Advisory Fees Relating to the Asset Allocation Portfolio dated April 30, 2007    Exhibit (h)9 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 29 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 23, 2007
(h)(10)    Form of Agreement to Waive Investment Advisory Fees Relating to the New Portfolios dated April 30, 2007    Filed herewith
(i)    Opinion and Consent of Counsel    Filed herewith
(j)    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm    To be filed upon amendment

 

C-5


Table of Contents
(l)    Subscription Agreement, dated April 23, 2003    Exhibit L to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 24 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on May 1, 2003
(p)1(a)    Summary of Revisions, effective April 1, 2002, to T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. And Its Affiliates Code of Ethics dated March, 2000; and previously filed as Exhibit P(1) with Post-Effective Amendment No. 20 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc., File No. 2-89971, CIK 0000742212, on May 17, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference    Exhibit P(3) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 23 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 14, 2003
(p)1(b)    T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. and Its Affiliates Code of Ethics and Conduct, effective March 31, 2004    Exhibit (p)1(b) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 26 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 18, 2005
(p)1(c)    T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. and Its Affiliates Code of Ethics and Conduct, effective February 1, 2005    Exhibit (p)1(c) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 28 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 27, 2006
(p)2    Code of Ethics for Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC, dated April 1, 2002    Exhibit (p)1 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 25 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 29, 2004
(p)3(a)    Code of Ethics for Mason Street Advisors, LLC, Mason Street Funds, Inc. and Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc., dated February 5, 2004    Exhibit (p)2 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 25 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 29, 2004
(p)3(b)    Code of Ethics for Mason Street Advisors, LLC, Mason Street Funds, Inc. and Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc., dated January 20, 2005    Exhibit (p)3(b) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 26 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 18, 2005
(p)3(c)    Statement of Policy on Personal Securities Transactions Adopted by Mason Street Advisors, LLC and Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc., dated April 1, 2006    Exhibit (p)3(c) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 28 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 27, 2006
(p)4(a)    Code of Ethics for Alliance Capital Management L.P., dated June 2003    Exhibit (p)3 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 25 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 29, 2004
(p)4(b)    Alliance Capital Management L.P. Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, dated October 2004    Exhibit (p)4(b) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 26 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 18, 2005
(p)4(c)    Alliance Capital Management L.P. Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, dated October 2004 and revised May 2005    Exhibit (p)4(c) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 28 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 27, 2006
(p)5(a)    Code of Ethics for The Capital Group Companies, dated December 2003    Exhibit (p)4 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 25 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 29, 2004
(p)5(b)    The Capital Group Companies Code of Ethics, dated November 2004    Exhibit (p)5(b) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 26 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 18, 2005

 

C-6


Table of Contents
(p)5(c)    The Capital Group Companies Code of Ethics, dated December 2005    Exhibit (p)5(c) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 28 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 27, 2006
(p)6(a)    Summary of Changes to Code of Ethics for Franklin Templeton Investments, dated May 2003    Exhibit (p)5 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 25 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 29, 2004
(p)6(b)    Franklin Templeton Investments Code of Ethics revised December 2004    Exhibit (p)6(b) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 26 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 18, 2005
(p)6(c)    Franklin Templeton Investments Code of Ethics revised April 2005    Exhibit (p)6(c) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 28 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 27, 2006
(p)7(a)    Janus Ethics Rules dated June 9, 2003    Exhibit (p)6 to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 25 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 29, 2004
(p)7(b)    Janus Ethics Rules revised April 20, 2004    Exhibit (p)7(b) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 26 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 18, 2005
(p)7(c)    Janus Ethics Rules revised March 22, 2005    Exhibit (p)7(c) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 27 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 29, 2005
(p)7(d)    Janus Ethics Rules revised March 1, 2006    Exhibit (p)7(d) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 28 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on April 27, 2006
(p)7(e)    Janus Ethics Rules revised November 21, 2006    Exhibit (p)7(e) to Form N-1A Post Effective Amendment No. 29 for Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. filed on February 23, 2007

 

C-7


Table of Contents
Item 24. Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

Shares of the Registrant have been offered and sold only to The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company (“Northwestern Mutual”), a mutual insurance company organized by a special act of the Wisconsin Legislature, and its separate investment accounts created pursuant to Wisconsin insurance laws. Certain of the separate investment accounts are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as unit investment trusts, and the purchasers of variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued in connection with such accounts have the right to instruct Northwestern Mutual with respect to the voting of the Registrant’s shares held by those accounts. Subject to such voting instruction rights, Northwestern Mutual and its separate investment accounts directly control the Registrant. However, the present practice of Northwestern Mutual, as disclosed elsewhere in this Amended Registration Statement, is to vote the shares of the Registrant held as general assets in the same proportions as the shares for which voting instructions are reserved. Subsidiaries of Northwestern Mutual when considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary would not constitute a significant subsidiary.

The subsidiaries of Northwestern Mutual, as of December 31, 2006, as well as their jurisdiction of incorporation and Northwestern Mutual’s direct or indirect ownership percentage, are set forth below.

 

C-8


Table of Contents

NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL CORPORATE STRUCTURE1

(as of December 31, 2006)

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of
Incorporation

Alexandra International Sales, Inc. – 100% ownership

   U.S. Virgin Islands

Amber, LLC – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Baraboo, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Bayridge, LLC – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Bradford, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Brendan International Sales, Inc. – 100% ownership

   U.S. Virgin Islands

Burgundy, LLC – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Carlisle Ventures, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Cass Corporation – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Chateau, Inc. – 100% ownership of Common & Class B Preferred Stock

   Delaware

Chateau, LLC – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Chateau I, LP – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Coral, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Diversey, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Foxkirk, LLC – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Frank Russell Company – 90.86% ownership

   Washington

Frank Russell Investment Management Company – 90.86% ownership

   Washington

Green Room Properties, LLC – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Hazel, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Health Invest, LLC – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Higgins, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Highbrook International Sales, Inc. – 100% ownership

   U.S. Virgin Islands

Hobby, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

INV Corp. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Jerusalem Avenue Property, LLC – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Justin International FSC, Inc. – 100% ownership

   U.S. Virgin Islands

JYD Assets, LLC – 100% ownership

   Delaware

KerryAnne International Sales, Inc. – 100% ownership

   U.S. Virgin Islands

Klode, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Kristiana International Sales, Inc. – 100% ownership

   U.S. Virgin Islands

Lake Bluff, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Larkin, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Logan, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Lydell, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Mallon International Sales, Inc. – 100% ownership

   U.S. Virgin Islands

Maroon, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Mason & Marshall, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Mason Street Advisors, LLC – 100% ownership

   Delaware

Mitchell, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Delaware

NM Albuquerque Inc. – 100% ownership

   New Mexico

NM-Exchange, LLC – 100% ownership

   Delaware

NM Harrisburg, Inc. – 100% ownership

   Pennsylvania

NM Imperial, LLC – 100% ownership

   Delaware

NM Lion, LLC – 100% ownership

   Delaware

NM Majestic Holdings, LLC – 100% ownership

   Delaware

NM RE Funds, LLC – 100% ownership

   Delaware

NM Regal, LLC – 100% ownership

   Delaware

NMIS Alabama Agency, LLC – 100% ownership

   Alabama

 

C-9


Table of Contents
NMIS Massachusetts Insurance Agency, LLC – 100% ownership    Massachusetts
NMIS Georgia Agency, LLC – 100% ownership    Georgia
NML Buffalo Agency, Inc. – 100% ownership    New York
NML-CBO, LLC – 100% ownership    Delaware
NML Development Corporation – 100% ownership    Delaware
NML/Mid-Atlantic, Inc. – 100% ownership    New Jersey
NML Real Estate Holdings, LLC – 100% ownership    Wisconsin
NML Securities Holdings, LLC – 100% ownership    Wisconsin
NVOP, Inc. – 100% ownership    Delaware
NVOP, LLC – 75% ownership    Delaware
NVOP Fairfax Ridge – 75% ownership    Delaware
NW Pipeline, Inc. – 100% ownership    Texas
Network Planning Advisors, L.L.C. – 100% ownership    Wisconsin
New Arcade, LLC – 100% ownership    Wisconsin
Nicolet, Inc. – 100% ownership    Delaware
North Van Buren, Inc. – 100% ownership    Delaware
Northwestern Ellis Company – 100% ownership    Nova Scotia
Northwestern Foreign Holdings B.V. – 100% ownership    Netherlands
Northwestern International Holdings, Inc. – 100% ownership    Delaware
Northwestern Investment Management Company, LLC – 100% ownership    Delaware
Northwestern Long Term Care Insurance Company – 100% ownership    Illinois
Northwestern Mutual Investment Services, LLC – 100% ownership    Wisconsin
Northwestern Mutual Las Vegas, Inc. – 100% ownership    Nevada
Northwestern Mutual Life International, Inc. – 100% ownership    Delaware
Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. – 100%2 ownership    Maryland
Northwestern Mutual Wealth Management Company – 100% ownership   

Federal Savings Bank

(subject to jurisdiction of the Office of Thrift Supervision)

Northwestern Real Estate Partnership Holdings, LLC – 100% ownership    Delaware
Northwestern Reinsurance Holdings N.V. – 100% ownership    Netherlands
Northwestern Securities Partnership Holdings, LLC – 100% ownership    Delaware
Olive, Inc. – 100% ownership    Delaware
Painted Rock Development Company – 100% ownership    Arizona
Park Forest Northeast, Inc. – 100% ownership    Delaware
RE Corporation – 100% ownership    Delaware
Regina International Sales, Inc. – 100% ownership    U.S. Virgin Islands
Rocket Sports, Inc. – 100% ownership    Texas
Russell Investment Funds – 90.86% ownership    Massachusetts
Russet, Inc. – 100% ownership    Delaware
Scotty, LLC – 100% ownership    Delaware
Solar Resources, Inc. – 100% ownership    Wisconsin
Stadium and Arena Management, Inc. – 100% ownership    Delaware
Strategic Employee Benefit Services of New Mexico, Inc. – 100% ownership    New Mexico
Summit Mall, LLC – 100% ownership    Delaware
Travers International Sales, Inc. – 100% ownership    U.S. Virgin Islands
Tupelo, Inc. – 100% ownership    Delaware
Walden OC, LLC – 100% ownership    Delaware
White Oaks, Inc. – 100% ownership    Delaware

(1) Certain subsidiaries are omitted on the basis that, considered in the aggregate at year end 2006, they did not constitute a significant subsidiary as defined by Regulation S-X. Certain investment partnerships and limited liability companies that hold real estate assets of The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company are not represented. Excluded is the entire corporate structure under Frank Russell Company.
(2)

Aggressive Growth Stock, Alliance Bernstein Mid Cap Value, Asset Allocation, Balanced, Capital Guardian

 

C-10


Table of Contents
 

Domestic Equity, Franklin Templeton International Equity, Growth Stock, High Yield Bond, Index 400 Stock, Index 500 Stock, International Growth Stock, Janus Capital Appreciation, Large Cap Core Stock, Money Market, Select Bond, Small Cap Growth Stock, T. Rowe Price Small Cap Value, T. Rowe Price Equity Income.

 

Item 25. Indemnification

Article IX of Registrant’s by-laws is included as an exhibit to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940. The by-laws of Northwestern Mutual permit indemnification by Northwestern Mutual of persons who are serving as directors of another corporation at the request of Northwestern Mutual. Pursuant to the by-law provision, the Trustees of Northwestern Mutual have adopted a resolution extending to all of the directors of the Registrant the benefits of the indemnification arrangements for employees, officers and Trustees of Northwestern Mutual. Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance which covers the directors and officers of the Registrant as well as Trustees and officers of Northwestern Mutual is also in force. The amount of coverage is $50 million. The deductible amount is $1,000,000 for claims covered by corporate indemnification. The cost of this insurance is allocated among Northwestern Mutual and its subsidiaries and no part of the premium has been paid by the Registrant.

 

Item 26. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

Mason Street Advisors, LLC (“MSA”), the Registrant’s investment adviser, also provides investment advisory services for Northwestern Mutual and other institutional clients. Several of the directors and officers of MSA also serve as officers of Northwestern Mutual.

For additional information regarding the business and other connections of each subadvisor, please see Schedules A, B and C, as applicable, to Part I of Form ADV in addition to Part II of Form ADV of each subadvisor, incorporated herein by reference, which sets forth the officers and information as to any business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by those officers of each subadvisor during the past two years. The chart below sets forth each subadvisor and their respective SEC file number.

 

Subadvisor

   SEC Number

AllianceBernstein L.P.

   801-56720

Capital Guardian Trust Company

   801-60145

Janus Capital Management LLC

   801-13991

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

   801-856

Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC

   801-15125

 

Item 27. Principal Underwriters

Not applicable.

 

Item 28. Location of Accounts and Records

Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, MSA, the Registrant’s adviser, provides or arranges with Northwestern Mutual, its affiliate, for the provision of facilities and personnel for maintaining the Registrant’s books and records. Each account, book or other document required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and Rules 17 CFR §§ 270-31a-1 to 31a-3 promulgated thereunder, is kept at 720 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, the address of MSA and of Northwestern

 

C-11


Table of Contents

Mutual, except for records held and maintained by Mellon Bank, N.A., One Mellon Bank Center, Room 1035, Pittsburgh, PA 15258; Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 40 Water Street, Boston, MA 02109 and J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017-2070, relating to their respective functions as custodians.

 

Item 29. Management Services

Not applicable.

 

Item 30. Undertakings

Not applicable.

 

C-12


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant, Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc., has duly caused this Amended Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee, and State of Wisconsin, on the 23rd day of February, 2007.

 

NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL SERIES FUND, INC.
(Registrant)
By:  

/s/MARK G. DOLL

  Mark G. Doll, President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amended Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

    

/s/MARK G. DOLL

   President and Principal Executive Officer    February 23, 2007
Mark G Doll      

/s/WALTER M. GIVLER

   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    February 23, 2007
Walter M. Givler      
     

/s/BARBARA E. COURTNEY

   Controller and Principal Accounting Officer    February 23, 2007
Barbara E. Courtney      

/s/MIRIAM A. ALLISON*

   Director    February 23, 2007
Miriam A. Allison      

/s/ROBERT H. HUFFMAN III*

   Director    February 23, 2007
Robert H. Huffman III      

MICHAEL M. KNETTER*

   Director    February 23, 2007
Michael M. Knetter      

/s/WILLIAM A. MCINTOSH*

   Director    February 23, 2007
William A. McIntosh      

/s/MICHAEL G. SMITH*

   Director    February 23, 2007
Michael G. Smith      

/s/EDWARD J. ZORE*

   Director    February 23, 2007
Edward J. Zore      

 

* By  

/s/MARK G. DOLL_

 

Mark G. Doll, Attorney in fact, pursuant to the

Power of Attorney attached hereto

 

 

C-13


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned Directors of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby constitute and appoint Edward J. Zore and Mark G. Doll, or either of them, their true and lawful attorneys and agents, to sign the names of the undersigned Directors to any instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with or in any way related to the registration statement or statements and any and all amendments thereto, to be filed under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940 in connection with shares of the common stock of the Company offered to the public; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has subscribed these presents, as indicated, February 21, 2007.

 

/s/MIRIAM A. ALLISON

   Director
Miriam A. Allison   

/s/ROBERT H. HUFFMAN III

   Director
Robert H. Huffman III   

/s/MICHAL M. KNETTER

   Director
Michael M. Knetter   

/s/WILLIAM A. MCINTOSH

   Director
William A. McIntosh   

/s/MICHAEL G. SMITH

   Director
Michael G. Smith   

/s/EDWARD J. ZORE

   Director
Edward J. Zore   

 

C-14


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBITS FILED WITH FORM N-1A

POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 30 TO

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 6 OF

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

AND SECTION 8(b) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

FOR

NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL SERIES FUND, INC.

 

Exhibit   

Description

    
(a)1(h)    Resolutions to Amend the Articles of Incorporation of Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. adopted by the Directors on February 21, 2007 and filed with the State of Maryland on February 22, 2007    Filed herewith
(d)1(d)    Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Inc. and Mason Street Advisors, LLC (on behalf of the nine new Portfolios) dated April 30, 2007    Filed herewith
(d)2(g)    Form of Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Mason Street Advisors, LLC and              dated May 1, 2007    Filed herewith
(h)(10)    Form of Agreement to Waive Investment Advisory Fees Relating to the New Portfolios dated April 30, 2007    Filed herewith
(i)    Opinion and Consent of Counsel    Filed herewith